clang 23.0.0git
Compiler.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===--- Compiler.cpp - Code generator for expressions ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8
9#include "Compiler.h"
10#include "ByteCodeEmitter.h"
11#include "Context.h"
12#include "FixedPoint.h"
13#include "Floating.h"
14#include "Function.h"
15#include "InterpShared.h"
16#include "PrimType.h"
17#include "Program.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
20
21using namespace clang;
22using namespace clang::interp;
23
24using APSInt = llvm::APSInt;
25
26namespace clang {
27namespace interp {
28
29static std::optional<bool> getBoolValue(const Expr *E) {
30 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast_if_present<ConstantExpr>(E);
31 CE && CE->hasAPValueResult() &&
32 CE->getResultAPValueKind() == APValue::ValueKind::Int) {
33 return CE->getResultAsAPSInt().getBoolValue();
34 }
35
36 return std::nullopt;
37}
38
39/// Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
40template <class Emitter> class DeclScope final : public LocalScope<Emitter> {
41public:
43 : LocalScope<Emitter>(Ctx), Scope(Ctx->P),
44 OldInitializingDecl(Ctx->InitializingDecl) {
45 Ctx->InitializingDecl = VD;
46 Ctx->InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Decl(VD));
47 }
48
50 this->Ctx->InitializingDecl = OldInitializingDecl;
51 this->Ctx->InitStack.pop_back();
52 }
53
54private:
56 const ValueDecl *OldInitializingDecl;
57};
58
59/// Scope used to handle initialization methods.
60template <class Emitter> class OptionScope final {
61public:
62 /// Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
63 OptionScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult,
64 bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
65 : Ctx(Ctx), OldDiscardResult(Ctx->DiscardResult),
66 OldInitializing(Ctx->Initializing), OldToLValue(Ctx->ToLValue) {
67 Ctx->DiscardResult = NewDiscardResult;
68 Ctx->Initializing = NewInitializing;
69 Ctx->ToLValue = NewToLValue;
70 }
71
73 Ctx->DiscardResult = OldDiscardResult;
74 Ctx->Initializing = OldInitializing;
75 Ctx->ToLValue = OldToLValue;
76 }
77
78private:
79 /// Parent context.
81 /// Old discard flag to restore.
82 bool OldDiscardResult;
83 bool OldInitializing;
84 bool OldToLValue;
85};
86
87template <class Emitter>
88bool InitLink::emit(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Expr *E) const {
89 switch (Kind) {
90 case K_This:
91 return Ctx->emitThis(E);
92 case K_Field:
93 // We're assuming there's a base pointer on the stack already.
94 return Ctx->emitGetPtrFieldPop(Offset, E);
95 case K_Temp:
96 return Ctx->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
97 case K_Decl:
98 return Ctx->visitDeclRef(D, E);
99 case K_Elem:
100 if (!Ctx->emitConstUint32(Offset, E))
101 return false;
102 return Ctx->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E);
103 case K_RVO:
104 return Ctx->emitRVOPtr(E);
105 case K_InitList:
106 return true;
107 default:
108 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled InitLink kind");
109 }
110 return true;
111}
112
113/// Sets the context for break/continue statements.
114template <class Emitter> class LoopScope final {
115public:
119
120 LoopScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel,
121 LabelTy ContinueLabel)
122 : Ctx(Ctx) {
123#ifndef NDEBUG
124 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
125 assert(LI.Name != Name);
126#endif
127
128 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel, ContinueLabel,
129 /*DefaultLabel=*/std::nullopt,
130 Ctx->VarScope);
131 }
132
133 ~LoopScope() { this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back(); }
134
135private:
137};
138
139// Sets the context for a switch scope, mapping labels.
140template <class Emitter> class SwitchScope final {
141public:
146
147 SwitchScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels,
148 LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
149 : Ctx(Ctx), OldCaseLabels(std::move(this->Ctx->CaseLabels)) {
150#ifndef NDEBUG
151 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
152 assert(LI.Name != Name);
153#endif
154
155 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(CaseLabels);
156 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel,
157 /*ContinueLabel=*/std::nullopt,
158 DefaultLabel, Ctx->VarScope);
159 }
160
162 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(OldCaseLabels);
163 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back();
164 }
165
166private:
168 CaseMap OldCaseLabels;
169};
170
171template <class Emitter> class StmtExprScope final {
172public:
173 StmtExprScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx) : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->InStmtExpr) {
174 Ctx->InStmtExpr = true;
175 }
176
177 ~StmtExprScope() { Ctx->InStmtExpr = OldFlag; }
178
179private:
181 bool OldFlag;
182};
183
184/// When generating code for e.g. implicit field initializers in constructors,
185/// we don't have anything to point to in case the initializer causes an error.
186/// In that case, we need to disable location tracking for the initializer so
187/// we later point to the call range instead.
188template <class Emitter> class LocOverrideScope final {
189public:
191 bool Enabled = true)
192 : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->LocOverride), Enabled(Enabled) {
193
194 if (Enabled)
195 Ctx->LocOverride = NewValue;
196 }
197
199 if (Enabled)
200 Ctx->LocOverride = OldFlag;
201 }
202
203private:
205 std::optional<SourceInfo> OldFlag;
206 bool Enabled;
207};
208
209} // namespace interp
210} // namespace clang
211
212template <class Emitter>
214 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
215
216 if (DiscardResult)
217 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
218
219 switch (E->getCastKind()) {
220 case CK_LValueToRValue: {
221 if (ToLValue && E->getType()->isPointerType())
222 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
223
224 if (SubExpr->getType().isVolatileQualified())
225 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Volatile, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
226
227 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
228 // Try to load the value directly. This is purely a performance
229 // optimization.
230 if (SubExprT) {
231 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
232 const ValueDecl *D = DRE->getDecl();
233 bool IsReference = D->getType()->isReferenceType();
234
235 if (!IsReference) {
237 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D))
238 return this->emitGetGlobal(*SubExprT, *GlobalIndex, E);
239 } else if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
240 return this->emitGetLocal(*SubExprT, It->second.Offset, E);
241 } else if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
242 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
243 return this->emitGetParam(*SubExprT, It->second.Index, E);
244 }
245 }
246 }
247 }
248 }
249
250 // Prepare storage for the result.
251 if (!Initializing && !SubExprT) {
252 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
253 if (!LocalIndex)
254 return false;
255 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
256 return false;
257 }
258
259 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
260 return false;
261
262 if (SubExprT)
263 return this->emitLoadPop(*SubExprT, E);
264
265 // If the subexpr type is not primitive, we need to perform a copy here.
266 // This happens for example in C when dereferencing a pointer of struct
267 // type.
268 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
269 }
270
271 case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: {
272 if (E->containsErrors())
273 return false;
274 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
275 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
276
277 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
278 return false;
279
280 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
282 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
283 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
284 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = B->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
285 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(ToDecl, CurDecl);
286
287 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrBasePop(DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
288 return false;
289 CurDecl = ToDecl;
290 }
291
292 return true;
293 }
294
295 case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
296 if (E->containsErrors())
297 return false;
298 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
299 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
300
301 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
302 return false;
303
304 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
306 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
307 // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
308 // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
309 // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
310 typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
311 for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
312 PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
313 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
314 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
315
316 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
317 return false;
318 CurDecl = ToDecl;
319 }
320
321 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl =
322 E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
323 assert(ToDecl != CurDecl);
324 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
325
326 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
327 return false;
328
329 return true;
330 }
331
332 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
333 case CK_DerivedToBase: {
334 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
335 return false;
336
337 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
338 if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
339 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
340 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
341 };
342
343 // FIXME: We can express a series of non-virtual casts as a single
344 // GetPtrBasePop op.
345 QualType CurType = SubExpr->getType();
346 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
347 if (B->isVirtual()) {
348 if (!this->emitGetPtrVirtBasePop(extractRecordDecl(B->getType()), E))
349 return false;
350 CurType = B->getType();
351 } else {
352 unsigned DerivedOffset = collectBaseOffset(B->getType(), CurType);
353 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(
354 DerivedOffset, /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(), E))
355 return false;
356 CurType = B->getType();
357 }
358 }
359
360 return true;
361 }
362
363 case CK_BaseToDerived: {
364 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
365 return false;
366 unsigned DerivedOffset =
367 collectBaseOffset(SubExpr->getType(), E->getType());
368
369 const Type *TargetType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
370 if (TargetType->isPointerOrReferenceType())
371 TargetType = TargetType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
372 return this->emitGetPtrDerivedPop(DerivedOffset,
373 /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(),
374 TargetType, E);
375 }
376
377 case CK_FloatingCast: {
378 // HLSL uses CK_FloatingCast to cast between vectors.
379 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
380 !E->getType()->isFloatingType())
381 return false;
382 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
383 return false;
384 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
385 return this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E);
386 }
387
388 case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
389 if (!E->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
390 return false;
391 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
392 return false;
393 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
394 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(SubExpr),
395 TargetSemantics, getFPOptions(E), E);
396 }
397
398 case CK_FloatingToBoolean: {
399 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType() ||
400 !E->getType()->isBooleanType())
401 return false;
402 if (const auto *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr))
403 return this->emitConstBool(FL->getValue().isNonZero(), E);
404 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
405 return false;
406 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
407 }
408
409 case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
411 return false;
412 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
413 return false;
414 PrimType ToT = classifyPrim(E);
415 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
416 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
417 getFPOptions(E), E);
418 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
419 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
420 getFPOptions(E), E);
421
422 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
423 }
424
425 case CK_NullToPointer:
426 case CK_NullToMemberPointer: {
427 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
428 return false;
429 const Descriptor *Desc = nullptr;
430 const QualType PointeeType = E->getType()->getPointeeType();
431 if (!PointeeType.isNull()) {
432 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PointeeType))
433 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
434 else
435 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, PointeeType.getTypePtr(),
436 std::nullopt, /*IsConst=*/true);
437 }
438
439 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
440 return this->emitNull(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Val, Desc, E);
441 }
442
443 case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
444 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
445 return false;
446
447 // If SubExpr doesn't result in a pointer, make it one.
448 if (PrimType FromT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()); FromT != PT_Ptr) {
449 assert(isPtrType(FromT));
450 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(FromT, PT_Ptr, E))
451 return false;
452 }
453
454 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
455 if (T == PT_IntAP)
456 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
457 if (T == PT_IntAPS)
458 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
459 return this->emitCastPointerIntegral(T, E);
460 }
461
462 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
463 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
464 return false;
465 return this->emitArrayDecay(E);
466 }
467
468 case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
469 QualType IntType = SubExpr->getType();
470 assert(IntType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
471 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
472 return false;
473 // FIXME: I think the discard is wrong since the int->ptr cast might cause a
474 // diagnostic.
475 PrimType T = classifyPrim(IntType);
476 QualType PtrType = E->getType();
477 const Descriptor *Desc;
478 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PtrType->getPointeeType()))
479 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
480 else if (PtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
481 Desc = nullptr;
482 else
483 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, PtrType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
484 Descriptor::InlineDescMD, /*IsConst=*/true);
485
486 if (!this->emitGetIntPtr(T, Desc, E))
487 return false;
488
489 PrimType DestPtrT = classifyPrim(PtrType);
490 if (DestPtrT == PT_Ptr)
491 return true;
492
493 // In case we're converting the integer to a non-Pointer.
494 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, DestPtrT, E);
495 }
496
497 case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
498 case CK_ConstructorConversion:
499 case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
500 case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
501 case CK_NoOp:
502 case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
503 case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
504 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
505 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
506
507 case CK_BitCast: {
508 if (E->containsErrors())
509 return false;
510 QualType ETy = E->getType();
511 // Reject bitcasts to atomic types.
512 if (ETy->isAtomicType()) {
513 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
514 return false;
515 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
516 }
517 QualType SubExprTy = SubExpr->getType();
518 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExprTy);
519 // Casts from integer/vector to vector.
520 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
521 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
522
523 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
524 if (!FromT || !ToT)
525 return false;
526
527 assert(isPtrType(*FromT));
528 assert(isPtrType(*ToT));
529 bool SrcIsVoidPtr = SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType();
530 if (FromT == ToT) {
531 if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
532 !SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
533 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
534 }
535
536 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
537 return false;
538 if (!this->emitCheckBitCast(ETy->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
539 SrcIsVoidPtr, E))
540 return false;
541
542 if (E->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() ||
543 SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
544 return this->emitFnPtrCast(E);
545 }
546 if (FromT == PT_Ptr)
547 return this->emitPtrPtrCast(SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType(), E);
548 return true;
549 }
550
551 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
552 return false;
553 return this->emitDecayPtr(*FromT, *ToT, E);
554 }
555 case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
556 case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
557 // HLSL uses this to cast to one-element vectors.
558 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
559 if (!FromT)
560 return false;
561
562 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr))
563 return this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), E);
564 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
565 return false;
566 return this->emitCast(*FromT, classifyPrim(E), E);
567 }
568
569 case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
570 case CK_IntegralCast: {
571 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
572 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
573 if (!FromT || !ToT)
574 return false;
575
576 // Try to emit a casted known constant value directly.
577 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr)) {
578 if (ToT != PT_IntAP && ToT != PT_IntAPS && FromT != PT_IntAP &&
579 FromT != PT_IntAPS && !E->getType()->isEnumeralType())
580 return this->emitConst(APSInt(IL->getValue(), !isSignedType(*FromT)),
581 E);
582 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), SubExpr))
583 return false;
584 } else {
585 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
586 return false;
587 }
588
589 // Possibly diagnose casts to enum types if the target type does not
590 // have a fixed size.
591 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType()) {
592 const auto *ED = E->getType()->castAsEnumDecl();
593 if (!ED->isFixed()) {
594 if (!this->emitCheckEnumValue(*FromT, ED, E))
595 return false;
596 }
597 }
598
599 if (ToT == PT_IntAP) {
600 if (!this->emitCastAP(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
601 return false;
602 } else if (ToT == PT_IntAPS) {
603 if (!this->emitCastAPS(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
604 return false;
605 } else {
606 if (FromT == ToT)
607 return true;
608 if (!this->emitCast(*FromT, *ToT, E))
609 return false;
610 }
611 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
612 return this->emitNeg(*ToT, E);
613 return true;
614 }
615
616 case CK_PointerToBoolean:
617 case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: {
618 PrimType PtrT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
619
620 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
621 return false;
622 return this->emitIsNonNull(PtrT, E);
623 }
624
625 case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
626 case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: {
627 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
628 return false;
629 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr);
630 }
631
632 case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
633 case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
634 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
635
636 case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
637 case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
638 // We're creating a complex value here, so we need to
639 // allocate storage for it.
640 if (!Initializing) {
641 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
642 if (!LocalIndex)
643 return false;
644 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
645 return false;
646 }
647
648 PrimType T = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
649 // Init the complex value to {SubExpr, 0}.
650 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(0, SubExpr, T))
651 return false;
652 // Zero-init the second element.
653 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
654 return false;
655 return this->emitInitElem(T, 1, SubExpr);
656 }
657
658 case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
659 case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
660 case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
661 case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
662 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
663 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
664 if (!Initializing) {
665 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
666 if (!LocalIndex)
667 return false;
668 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
669 return false;
670 }
671
672 // Location for the SubExpr.
673 // Since SubExpr is of complex type, visiting it results in a pointer
674 // anyway, so we just create a temporary pointer variable.
675 unsigned SubExprOffset =
676 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
677 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
678 return false;
679 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
680 return false;
681
682 PrimType SourceElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
683 QualType DestElemType =
684 E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
685 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(DestElemType);
686 // Cast both elements individually.
687 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
688 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
689 return false;
690 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SourceElemT, I, E))
691 return false;
692
693 // Do the cast.
694 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SourceElemT, DestElemT, DestElemType, E))
695 return false;
696
697 // Save the value.
698 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
699 return false;
700 }
701 return true;
702 }
703
704 case CK_VectorSplat: {
705 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
706 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
707
708 if (!canClassify(SubExpr->getType()))
709 return false;
710
711 if (!Initializing) {
712 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
713 if (!LocalIndex)
714 return false;
715 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
716 return false;
717 }
718
719 const auto *VT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
720 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
721 unsigned ElemOffset =
722 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, ElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
723
724 // Prepare a local variable for the scalar value.
725 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
726 return false;
727 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr && !this->emitLoadPop(ElemT, E))
728 return false;
729
730 if (!this->emitSetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
731 return false;
732
733 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
734 if (!this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
735 return false;
736 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
737 return false;
738 }
739
740 return true;
741 }
742
743 case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: {
744 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
745 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
746 assert(!DiscardResult);
747 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
748 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
749 return false;
750 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
751 }
752 // Otherwise, this truncates from one vector type to another.
753 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
754
755 if (!Initializing) {
756 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
757 if (!LocalIndex)
758 return false;
759 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
760 return false;
761 }
762 unsigned ToSize = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
763 assert(SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() > ToSize);
764 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
765 return false;
766 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyVectorElementType(E->getType()), 0, 0,
767 ToSize, E);
768 };
769
770 case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
771 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
772 return false;
773
774 auto Sem =
775 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
776 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()), Sem,
777 E))
778 return false;
779 if (DiscardResult)
780 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
781 return true;
782 }
783 case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
784 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
785 return false;
786
787 auto Sem =
788 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
789 if (!this->emitCastFloatingFixedPoint(Sem, E))
790 return false;
791 if (DiscardResult)
792 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
793 return true;
794 }
795 case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
796 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
797 return false;
798 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
799 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointFloating(TargetSemantics, E))
800 return false;
801 if (DiscardResult)
802 return this->emitPopFloat(E);
803 return true;
804 }
805 case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
806 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
807 return false;
808 PrimType IntegralT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
809 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointIntegral(IntegralT, E))
810 return false;
811 if (DiscardResult)
812 return this->emitPop(IntegralT, E);
813 return true;
814 }
815 case CK_FixedPointCast: {
816 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
817 return false;
818 auto Sem =
819 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
820 if (!this->emitCastFixedPoint(Sem, E))
821 return false;
822 if (DiscardResult)
823 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
824 return true;
825 }
826
827 case CK_ToVoid:
828 return discard(SubExpr);
829
830 case CK_Dynamic:
831 // This initially goes through VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr, where we emit
832 // a diagnostic if appropriate.
833 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
834
835 case CK_LValueBitCast:
836 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::ReinterpretLike, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
837
838 case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: {
839 // Non-decaying array rvalue cast - creates an rvalue copy of an lvalue
840 // array, similar to LValueToRValue for composite types.
841 if (!Initializing) {
842 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
843 if (!LocalIndex)
844 return false;
845 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
846 return false;
847 }
848 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
849 return false;
850 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
851 }
852
853 case CK_HLSLMatrixTruncation: {
854 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
855 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
856 assert(!DiscardResult);
857 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
858 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
859 return false;
860 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
861 }
862 // Otherwise, this truncates to a a constant matrix type.
863 assert(E->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
864
865 if (!Initializing) {
866 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
867 if (!LocalIndex)
868 return false;
869 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
870 return false;
871 }
872 unsigned ToSize =
873 E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()->getNumElementsFlattened();
874 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
875 return false;
876 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyMatrixElementType(SubExpr->getType()), 0,
877 0, ToSize, E);
878 }
879
880 case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: {
881 // Aggregate splat cast: convert a scalar value to one of an aggregate type
882 // by replicating and casting the scalar to every element of the destination
883 // aggregate (vector, matrix, array, or struct).
884 assert(canClassify(SubExpr->getType()));
885
886 if (!Initializing) {
887 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
888 if (!LocalIndex)
889 return false;
890 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
891 return false;
892 }
893
894 // The scalar to be splatted is stored in a local to be repeatedly loaded
895 // once for every scalar element of the destination.
896 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
897 unsigned SrcOffset =
898 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, SrcElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
899
900 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
901 return false;
902 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E))
903 return false;
904
905 // Recursively splat the scalar into every element of the destination.
906 return emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E->getType(), E);
907 }
908
909 case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: {
910 // Elementwise cast: flatten the elements of one aggregate source type and
911 // store to a destination scalar or aggregate type of the same or fewer
912 // number of elements. Casts are inserted element-wise to convert each
913 // source scalar element to its corresponding destination scalar element.
914 QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
915 QualType DestType = E->getType();
916
917 if (OptPrimType DestT = classify(DestType)) {
918 // When the destination is a scalar, we only need the first scalar
919 // element of the source.
920 unsigned SrcPtrOffset =
921 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
922 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
923 return false;
924 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcPtrOffset, E))
925 return false;
926
928 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcPtrOffset, Elements, 1, E))
929 return false;
930 if (Elements.empty())
931 return false;
932
933 const HLSLFlatElement &Src = Elements[0];
934 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
935 return false;
936 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, *DestT, DestType, E);
937 }
938
939 if (!Initializing) {
940 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
941 if (!LocalIndex)
942 return false;
943 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
944 return false;
945 }
946
947 unsigned SrcOffset =
948 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
949 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
950 return false;
951 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
952 return false;
953
954 // Only flatten as many source elements as the destination requires.
955 unsigned ElemCount = countHLSLFlatElements(DestType);
956
958 Elements.reserve(ElemCount);
959 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcOffset, Elements, ElemCount, E))
960 return false;
961
962 // Sema is expected to reject an elementwise cast whose source has fewer
963 // scalar elements than the destination.
964 assert(Elements.size() == ElemCount &&
965 "Source type has fewer scalar elements than the destination type");
966
967 return emitHLSLConstructAggregate(DestType, Elements, E);
968 }
969
970 case CK_ToUnion: {
971 const FieldDecl *UnionField = E->getTargetUnionField();
972 const Record *R = this->getRecord(E->getType());
973 assert(R);
974 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
975 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
976
977 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
978 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
979 return false;
980 if (RF->isBitField())
981 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
982 E);
983 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
984 }
985
986 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
987 return false;
988 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
989 return false;
990 return this->visitInitializerPop(SubExpr);
991 }
992
993 default:
994 return this->emitInvalid(E);
995 }
996 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::CastKind enum");
997}
998
999template <class Emitter>
1001 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
1002}
1003
1004template <class Emitter>
1006 if (DiscardResult)
1007 return true;
1008
1009 return this->emitConst(LE->getValue(), LE);
1010}
1011
1012template <class Emitter>
1014 if (DiscardResult)
1015 return true;
1016
1017 APFloat F = E->getValue();
1018 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
1019}
1020
1021template <class Emitter>
1023 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
1024 if (DiscardResult)
1025 return true;
1026
1027 if (!Initializing) {
1028 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1029 if (!LocalIndex)
1030 return false;
1031 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1032 return false;
1033 }
1034
1035 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1036 PrimType SubExprT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
1037
1038 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(SubExprT, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
1039 return false;
1040 if (!this->emitInitElem(SubExprT, 0, SubExpr))
1041 return false;
1042 return this->visitArrayElemInit(1, SubExpr, SubExprT);
1043}
1044
1045template <class Emitter>
1047 assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1048 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_FixedPoint);
1049
1050 if (DiscardResult)
1051 return true;
1052
1053 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
1054 APInt Value = E->getValue();
1055 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint(Value, Sem), E);
1056}
1057
1058template <class Emitter>
1060 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
1061}
1062
1063template <class Emitter>
1065 // Need short-circuiting for these.
1066 if (E->isLogicalOp() && !E->getType()->isVectorType())
1067 return this->VisitLogicalBinOp(E);
1068
1069 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1070 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1071
1072 // Handle comma operators. Just discard the LHS
1073 // and delegate to RHS.
1074 if (E->isCommaOp()) {
1075 if (!this->discard(LHS))
1076 return false;
1077 if (RHS->getType()->isVoidType())
1078 return this->discard(RHS);
1079
1080 return this->delegate(RHS);
1081 }
1082
1083 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
1084 return this->VisitComplexBinOp(E);
1085 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
1086 return this->VisitVectorBinOp(E);
1087 if ((LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType() ||
1088 RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) &&
1089 E->isComparisonOp())
1090 return this->emitComplexComparison(LHS, RHS, E);
1091 if (LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() || RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType())
1092 return this->VisitFixedPointBinOp(E);
1093
1094 if (E->isPtrMemOp()) {
1095 if (E->containsErrors())
1096 return false;
1097
1098 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1099 return false;
1100
1101 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1102 return false;
1103
1104 if (!this->emitToMemberPtr(E))
1105 return false;
1106
1107 if (classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr)
1108 return true;
1109
1110 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrPtr(E))
1111 return false;
1112 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
1113 }
1114
1115 // Typecheck the args.
1116 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1117 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1118 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1119
1120 // Special case for C++'s three-way/spaceship operator <=>, which
1121 // returns a std::{strong,weak,partial}_ordering (which is a class, so doesn't
1122 // have a PrimType).
1123 if (!T && E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp) {
1124 if (DiscardResult)
1125 return true;
1126 const ComparisonCategoryInfo *CmpInfo =
1127 Ctx.getASTContext().CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(E->getType());
1128 assert(CmpInfo);
1129
1130 // We need a temporary variable holding our return value.
1131 if (!Initializing) {
1132 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = this->allocateLocal(E);
1133 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
1134 return false;
1135 }
1136
1137 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1138 return false;
1139
1140 return this->emitCMP3(*LT, CmpInfo, E);
1141 }
1142
1143 if (!LT || !RT || !T)
1144 return false;
1145
1146 // Pointer arithmetic special case.
1147 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add || E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
1148 if (isPtrType(*T) || (isPtrType(*LT) && isPtrType(*RT)))
1149 return this->VisitPointerArithBinOp(E);
1150 }
1151
1152 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
1153 return this->visitAssignment(LHS, RHS, E);
1154
1155 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1156 return false;
1157
1158 // For languages such as C, cast the result of one
1159 // of our comparision opcodes to T (which is usually int).
1160 auto MaybeCastToBool = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1161 if (!Result)
1162 return false;
1163 if (DiscardResult)
1164 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1165 if (T != PT_Bool)
1166 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1167 return true;
1168 };
1169
1170 auto Discard = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1171 if (!Result)
1172 return false;
1173 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
1174 };
1175
1176 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1177 case BO_EQ:
1178 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQ(*LT, E));
1179 case BO_NE:
1180 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNE(*LT, E));
1181 case BO_LT:
1182 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLT(*LT, E));
1183 case BO_LE:
1184 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLE(*LT, E));
1185 case BO_GT:
1186 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGT(*LT, E));
1187 case BO_GE:
1188 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGE(*LT, E));
1189 case BO_Sub:
1190 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1191 return Discard(this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1192 return Discard(this->emitSub(*T, E));
1193 case BO_Add:
1194 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1195 return Discard(this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1196 return Discard(this->emitAdd(*T, E));
1197 case BO_Mul:
1198 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1199 return Discard(this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1200 return Discard(this->emitMul(*T, E));
1201 case BO_Rem:
1202 return Discard(this->emitRem(*T, E));
1203 case BO_Div:
1204 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1205 return Discard(this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1206 return Discard(this->emitDiv(*T, E));
1207 case BO_And:
1208 return Discard(this->emitBitAnd(*T, E));
1209 case BO_Or:
1210 return Discard(this->emitBitOr(*T, E));
1211 case BO_Shl:
1212 return Discard(this->emitShl(*LT, *RT, E));
1213 case BO_Shr:
1214 return Discard(this->emitShr(*LT, *RT, E));
1215 case BO_Xor:
1216 return Discard(this->emitBitXor(*T, E));
1217 case BO_LOr:
1218 case BO_LAnd:
1219 llvm_unreachable("Already handled earlier");
1220 default:
1221 return false;
1222 }
1223
1224 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binary op");
1225}
1226
1227/// Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or
1228/// subtraction of two pointers.
1229template <class Emitter>
1231 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1232 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1233 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1234
1235 if ((Op != BO_Add && Op != BO_Sub) ||
1236 (!LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && !RHS->getType()->isPointerType()))
1237 return false;
1238
1239 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1240 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1241
1242 if (!LT || !RT)
1243 return false;
1244
1245 // Visit the given pointer expression and optionally convert to a PT_Ptr.
1246 auto visitAsPointer = [&](const Expr *E, PrimType T) -> bool {
1247 if (!this->visit(E))
1248 return false;
1249 if (T != PT_Ptr)
1250 return this->emitDecayPtr(T, PT_Ptr, E);
1251 return true;
1252 };
1253
1254 if (LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && RHS->getType()->isPointerType()) {
1255 if (Op != BO_Sub)
1256 return false;
1257
1258 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
1259 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT) || !visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1260 return false;
1261
1262 QualType ElemType = LHS->getType()->getPointeeType();
1263 CharUnits ElemTypeSize;
1264 if (ElemType->isVoidType() || ElemType->isFunctionType())
1265 ElemTypeSize = CharUnits::One();
1266 else
1267 ElemTypeSize = Ctx.getASTContext().getTypeSizeInChars(ElemType);
1268
1269 PrimType IntT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
1270 if (!this->emitSubPtr(IntT, ElemTypeSize.isZero(), E))
1271 return false;
1272 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(IntT, E) : true;
1273 }
1274
1275 PrimType OffsetType;
1276 if (LHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1277 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT))
1278 return false;
1279 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1280 return false;
1281 OffsetType = *LT;
1282 } else if (RHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1283 if (!visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1284 return false;
1285 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1286 return false;
1287 OffsetType = *RT;
1288 } else {
1289 return false;
1290 }
1291
1292 // Do the operation and optionally transform to
1293 // result pointer type.
1294 switch (Op) {
1295 case BO_Add:
1296 if (!this->emitAddOffset(OffsetType, E))
1297 return false;
1298 break;
1299 case BO_Sub:
1300 if (!this->emitSubOffset(OffsetType, E))
1301 return false;
1302 break;
1303 default:
1304 return false;
1305 }
1306
1307 if (classifyPrim(E) != PT_Ptr) {
1308 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, classifyPrim(E), E))
1309 return false;
1310 }
1311
1312 if (DiscardResult)
1313 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
1314 return true;
1315}
1316
1317template <class Emitter>
1319 assert(E->isLogicalOp());
1320 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1321 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1322 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1323 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1324
1325 if (Op == BO_LOr) {
1326 // Logical OR. Visit LHS and only evaluate RHS if LHS was FALSE.
1327 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
1328 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1329
1330 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1331 return false;
1332 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
1333 return false;
1334
1335 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1336 return false;
1337 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1338 return false;
1339
1340 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
1341 this->emitConstBool(true, E);
1342 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1343 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1344
1345 } else {
1346 assert(Op == BO_LAnd);
1347 // Logical AND.
1348 // Visit LHS. Only visit RHS if LHS was TRUE.
1349 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel();
1350 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1351
1352 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1353 return false;
1354 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
1355 return false;
1356
1357 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1358 return false;
1359 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1360 return false;
1361
1362 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
1363 this->emitConstBool(false, E);
1364 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1365 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1366 }
1367
1368 if (DiscardResult)
1369 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1370
1371 // For C, cast back to integer type.
1372 assert(T);
1373 if (T != PT_Bool)
1374 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1375 return true;
1376}
1377
1378template <class Emitter>
1380 // Prepare storage for result.
1381 if (!Initializing) {
1382 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1383 if (!LocalIndex)
1384 return false;
1385 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1386 return false;
1387 }
1388
1389 // Both LHS and RHS might _not_ be of complex type, but one of them
1390 // needs to be.
1391 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1392 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1393
1394 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
1395 unsigned ResultOffset = ~0u;
1396 if (!DiscardResult)
1397 ResultOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1398
1399 // Save result pointer in ResultOffset
1400 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1401 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
1402 return false;
1403 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1404 return false;
1405 }
1406 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
1407 if (const auto *AT = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1408 LHSType = AT->getValueType();
1409 QualType RHSType = RHS->getType();
1410 if (const auto *AT = RHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1411 RHSType = AT->getValueType();
1412
1413 bool LHSIsComplex = LHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1414 unsigned LHSOffset;
1415 bool RHSIsComplex = RHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1416
1417 // For ComplexComplex Mul, we have special ops to make their implementation
1418 // easier.
1419 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1420 if (Op == BO_Mul && LHSIsComplex && RHSIsComplex) {
1421 assert(classifyPrim(LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()) ==
1423 PrimType ElemT =
1425 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1426 return false;
1427 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1428 return false;
1429 if (!this->emitMulc(ElemT, E))
1430 return false;
1431 if (DiscardResult)
1432 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1433 return true;
1434 }
1435
1436 if (Op == BO_Div && RHSIsComplex) {
1437 QualType ElemQT = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
1438 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1439 // If the LHS is not complex, we still need to do the full complex
1440 // division, so just stub create a complex value and stub it out with
1441 // the LHS and a zero.
1442
1443 if (!LHSIsComplex) {
1444 // This is using the RHS type for the fake-complex LHS.
1445 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(RHS);
1446 if (!LocalIndex)
1447 return false;
1448 LHSOffset = *LocalIndex;
1449
1450 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LHSOffset, E))
1451 return false;
1452
1453 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1454 return false;
1455 // real is LHS
1456 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 0, E))
1457 return false;
1458 // imag is zero
1459 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1460 return false;
1461 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
1462 return false;
1463 } else {
1464 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1465 return false;
1466 }
1467
1468 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1469 return false;
1470 if (!this->emitDivc(ElemT, E))
1471 return false;
1472 if (DiscardResult)
1473 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476
1477 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1478 if (LHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1479 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1480 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1481 return false;
1482 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1483 return false;
1484 } else {
1485 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
1486 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1487 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1488 return false;
1489 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
1490 return false;
1491 }
1492
1493 // Same with RHS.
1494 unsigned RHSOffset;
1495 if (RHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1496 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1497 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1498 return false;
1499 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1500 return false;
1501 } else {
1502 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHSType);
1503 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1504 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1505 return false;
1506 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
1507 return false;
1508 }
1509
1510 // For both LHS and RHS, either load the value from the complex pointer, or
1511 // directly from the local variable. For index 1 (i.e. the imaginary part),
1512 // just load 0 and do the operation anyway.
1513 auto loadComplexValue = [this](bool IsComplex, bool LoadZero,
1514 unsigned ElemIndex, unsigned Offset,
1515 const Expr *E) -> bool {
1516 if (IsComplex) {
1517 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1518 return false;
1519 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(E->getType()),
1520 ElemIndex, E);
1521 }
1522 if (ElemIndex == 0 || !LoadZero)
1523 return this->emitGetLocal(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Offset, E);
1524 return this->visitZeroInitializer(classifyPrim(E->getType()), E->getType(),
1525 E);
1526 };
1527
1528 // Now we can get pointers to the LHS and RHS from the offsets above.
1529 for (unsigned ElemIndex = 0; ElemIndex != 2; ++ElemIndex) {
1530 // Result pointer for the store later.
1531 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1532 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1533 return false;
1534 }
1535
1536 // The actual operation.
1537 switch (Op) {
1538 case BO_Add:
1539 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1540 return false;
1541
1542 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1543 return false;
1544 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1545 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1546 return false;
1547 } else {
1548 if (!this->emitAdd(ResultElemT, E))
1549 return false;
1550 }
1551 break;
1552 case BO_Sub:
1553 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1554 return false;
1555
1556 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1557 return false;
1558 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1559 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1560 return false;
1561 } else {
1562 if (!this->emitSub(ResultElemT, E))
1563 return false;
1564 }
1565 break;
1566 case BO_Mul:
1567 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1568 return false;
1569
1570 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1571 return false;
1572
1573 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1574 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1575 return false;
1576 } else {
1577 if (!this->emitMul(ResultElemT, E))
1578 return false;
1579 }
1580 break;
1581 case BO_Div:
1582 assert(!RHSIsComplex);
1583 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1584 return false;
1585
1586 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1587 return false;
1588
1589 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1590 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1591 return false;
1592 } else {
1593 if (!this->emitDiv(ResultElemT, E))
1594 return false;
1595 }
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 return false;
1600 }
1601
1602 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1603 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1604 if (!this->emitInitElemPop(ResultElemT, ElemIndex, E))
1605 return false;
1606 } else {
1607 if (!this->emitPop(ResultElemT, E))
1608 return false;
1609 // Remove the Complex temporary pointer we created ourselves at the
1610 // beginning of this function.
1611 if (!Initializing)
1612 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1613 }
1614 }
1615 return true;
1616}
1617
1618template <class Emitter>
1620 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1621 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1622 assert(!E->isCommaOp() &&
1623 "Comma op should be handled in VisitBinaryOperator");
1624 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
1625 assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1626 assert(RHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1627
1628 // We can only handle vectors with primitive element types.
1630 return false;
1631
1632 // Prepare storage for result.
1633 if (!Initializing && !E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !E->isAssignmentOp()) {
1634 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1635 if (!LocalIndex)
1636 return false;
1637 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1638 return false;
1639 }
1640
1641 const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
1642 auto Op = E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()
1644 : E->getOpcode();
1645
1646 PrimType ElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(LHS->getType());
1647 PrimType RHSElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(RHS->getType());
1648 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(E->getType());
1649
1650 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) {
1651 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1653 RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()));
1654 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1655 return false;
1656 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1657 return false;
1658 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, 0, VecTy->getNumElements(), E))
1659 return false;
1660 if (DiscardResult)
1661 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1662 return true;
1663 }
1664
1665 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1666 unsigned LHSOffset =
1667 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1668 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1669 return false;
1670 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1671 return false;
1672
1673 // Evaluate RHS and save value to RHSOffset.
1674 unsigned RHSOffset =
1675 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1676 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1677 return false;
1678 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1679 return false;
1680
1681 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1682 return false;
1683
1684 // BitAdd/BitOr/BitXor/Shl/Shr doesn't support bool type, we need perform the
1685 // integer promotion.
1686 bool NeedIntPromot = ElemT == PT_Bool && (E->isBitwiseOp() || E->isShiftOp());
1687 QualType PromotTy;
1688 PrimType PromotT = PT_Bool;
1689 PrimType OpT = ElemT;
1690 if (NeedIntPromot) {
1691 PromotTy =
1692 Ctx.getASTContext().getPromotedIntegerType(Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy);
1693 PromotT = classifyPrim(PromotTy);
1694 OpT = PromotT;
1695 }
1696
1697 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, PrimType ElemT, unsigned Index) {
1698 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1699 return false;
1700 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E))
1701 return false;
1702 if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
1703 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
1704 return false;
1705 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1706 return false;
1707 } else if (NeedIntPromot) {
1708 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PromotT, PromotTy, E))
1709 return false;
1710 }
1711 return true;
1712 };
1713
1714#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP) \
1715 { \
1716 if (ElemT == PT_Float) { \
1717 if (!this->emit##OP##f(getFPOptions(E), E)) \
1718 return false; \
1719 } else { \
1720 if (!this->emit##OP(ElemT, E)) \
1721 return false; \
1722 } \
1723 break; \
1724 }
1725
1726 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
1727 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, ElemT, I))
1728 return false;
1729 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, RHSElemT, I))
1730 return false;
1731 switch (Op) {
1732 case BO_Add:
1734 case BO_Sub:
1736 case BO_Mul:
1738 case BO_Div:
1740 case BO_Rem:
1741 if (!this->emitRem(ElemT, E))
1742 return false;
1743 break;
1744 case BO_And:
1745 if (!this->emitBitAnd(OpT, E))
1746 return false;
1747 break;
1748 case BO_Or:
1749 if (!this->emitBitOr(OpT, E))
1750 return false;
1751 break;
1752 case BO_Xor:
1753 if (!this->emitBitXor(OpT, E))
1754 return false;
1755 break;
1756 case BO_Shl:
1757 if (!this->emitShl(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1758 return false;
1759 break;
1760 case BO_Shr:
1761 if (!this->emitShr(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1762 return false;
1763 break;
1764 case BO_EQ:
1765 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
1766 return false;
1767 break;
1768 case BO_NE:
1769 if (!this->emitNE(ElemT, E))
1770 return false;
1771 break;
1772 case BO_LE:
1773 if (!this->emitLE(ElemT, E))
1774 return false;
1775 break;
1776 case BO_LT:
1777 if (!this->emitLT(ElemT, E))
1778 return false;
1779 break;
1780 case BO_GE:
1781 if (!this->emitGE(ElemT, E))
1782 return false;
1783 break;
1784 case BO_GT:
1785 if (!this->emitGT(ElemT, E))
1786 return false;
1787 break;
1788 case BO_LAnd:
1789 // a && b is equivalent to a!=0 & b!=0
1790 if (!this->emitBitAnd(ResultElemT, E))
1791 return false;
1792 break;
1793 case BO_LOr:
1794 // a || b is equivalent to a!=0 | b!=0
1795 if (!this->emitBitOr(ResultElemT, E))
1796 return false;
1797 break;
1798 default:
1799 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1800 }
1801
1802 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number
1803 // of elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element
1804 // type.
1805 //
1806 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
1807 if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
1808 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1809 return false;
1810 if (!this->emitNeg(ResultElemT, E))
1811 return false;
1812 }
1813
1814 // If we performed an integer promotion, we need to cast the compute result
1815 // into result vector element type.
1816 if (NeedIntPromot &&
1817 !this->emitPrimCast(PromotT, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1818 return false;
1819
1820 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1821 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultElemT, I, E))
1822 return false;
1823 }
1824
1825 if (DiscardResult && E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitPopPtr(E))
1826 return false;
1827 return true;
1828}
1829
1830template <class Emitter>
1832 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1833 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1834 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
1835
1836 assert(LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() ||
1837 RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1838
1839 auto LHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType());
1840 auto LHSSemaInt = LHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1841 auto RHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType());
1842 auto RHSSemaInt = RHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1843
1844 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1845 return false;
1846 if (!LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1847 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(LHS->getType()),
1848 LHSSemaInt, E))
1849 return false;
1850 }
1851
1852 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1853 return false;
1854 if (!RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1855 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(RHS->getType()),
1856 RHSSemaInt, E))
1857 return false;
1858 }
1859
1860 // Convert the result to the target semantics.
1861 auto ConvertResult = [&](bool R) -> bool {
1862 if (!R)
1863 return false;
1864 auto ResultSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
1865 auto CommonSema = LHSSema.getCommonSemantics(RHSSema).toOpaqueInt();
1866 if (ResultSema != CommonSema)
1867 return this->emitCastFixedPoint(ResultSema, E);
1868 return true;
1869 };
1870
1871 auto MaybeCastToBool = [&](bool Result) {
1872 if (!Result)
1873 return false;
1874 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E);
1875 if (DiscardResult)
1876 return this->emitPop(T, E);
1877 if (T != PT_Bool)
1878 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, T, E);
1879 return true;
1880 };
1881
1882 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1883 case BO_EQ:
1884 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQFixedPoint(E));
1885 case BO_NE:
1886 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNEFixedPoint(E));
1887 case BO_LT:
1888 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLTFixedPoint(E));
1889 case BO_LE:
1890 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLEFixedPoint(E));
1891 case BO_GT:
1892 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGTFixedPoint(E));
1893 case BO_GE:
1894 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGEFixedPoint(E));
1895 case BO_Add:
1896 return ConvertResult(this->emitAddFixedPoint(E));
1897 case BO_Sub:
1898 return ConvertResult(this->emitSubFixedPoint(E));
1899 case BO_Mul:
1900 return ConvertResult(this->emitMulFixedPoint(E));
1901 case BO_Div:
1902 return ConvertResult(this->emitDivFixedPoint(E));
1903 case BO_Shl:
1904 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/true, E));
1905 case BO_Shr:
1906 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/false, E));
1907
1908 default:
1909 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1910 }
1911
1912 llvm_unreachable("unhandled binop opcode");
1913}
1914
1915template <class Emitter>
1917 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1918 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1919
1920 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1921 case UO_Plus:
1922 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
1923 case UO_Minus:
1924 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
1925 return false;
1926 if (!this->emitNegFixedPoint(E))
1927 return false;
1928 if (DiscardResult)
1929 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
1930 return true;
1931 default:
1932 return false;
1933 }
1934
1935 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled unary opcode");
1936}
1937
1938template <class Emitter>
1940 const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
1941 if (DiscardResult)
1942 return true;
1943
1944 QualType QT = E->getType();
1945
1946 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT))
1947 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
1948
1949 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
1950 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->getAsRecordDecl();
1951 assert(RD);
1952 if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
1953 return false;
1954
1955 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
1956 CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumVBases() > 0) {
1957 // TODO: Diagnose.
1958 return false;
1959 }
1960
1961 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
1962 if (!R)
1963 return false;
1964
1965 assert(Initializing);
1966 return this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E);
1967 }
1968
1969 if (QT->isIncompleteArrayType())
1970 return true;
1971
1972 if (QT->isArrayType())
1973 return this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(QT, E);
1974
1975 if (const auto *ComplexTy = E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1976 assert(Initializing);
1977 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
1978 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1979 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
1980 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1981 return false;
1982 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1983 return false;
1984 }
1985 return true;
1986 }
1987
1988 if (const auto *VecT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1989 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
1990 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
1991 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1992
1993 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumVecElements; ++I) {
1994 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1995 return false;
1996 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1997 return false;
1998 }
1999 return true;
2000 }
2001
2002 if (const auto *MT = E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2003 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2004 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2005 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2006
2007 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2008 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2009 return false;
2010 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2011 return false;
2012 }
2013 return true;
2014 }
2015
2016 return false;
2017}
2018
2019template <class Emitter>
2021 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
2022 return false;
2023
2024 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2025 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2026 const Expr *Index = E->getIdx();
2027 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2028
2029 // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
2030 // side is the base.
2031 bool Success = true;
2032 for (const Expr *SubExpr : {LHS, RHS}) {
2033 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) {
2034 Success = false;
2035 continue;
2036 }
2037
2038 // Expand the base if this is a subscript on a
2039 // pointer expression.
2040 if (SubExpr == Base && Base->getType()->isPointerType()) {
2041 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
2042 Success = false;
2043 }
2044 }
2045
2046 if (!Success)
2047 return false;
2048
2049 OptPrimType IndexT = classify(Index->getType());
2050 // In error-recovery cases, the index expression has a dependent type.
2051 if (!IndexT)
2052 return this->emitError(E);
2053 // If the index is first, we need to change that.
2054 if (LHS == Index) {
2055 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, *IndexT, E))
2056 return false;
2057 }
2058
2059 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(*IndexT, E))
2060 return false;
2061 if (DiscardResult)
2062 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
2063
2064 if (E->isGLValue())
2065 return true;
2066
2068 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2069}
2070
2071template <class Emitter>
2073 const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E) {
2075
2076 QualType QT = E->getType();
2077 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
2078 QT = AT->getValueType();
2079
2080 if (QT->isVoidType()) {
2081 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2082 return true;
2083 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2084 }
2085
2086 // Handle discarding first.
2087 if (DiscardResult) {
2088 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2089 if (!this->discard(Init))
2090 return false;
2091 }
2092 return true;
2093 }
2094
2095 // Primitive values.
2096 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT)) {
2097 assert(!DiscardResult);
2098 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2099 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
2100 assert(Inits.size() == 1);
2101 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
2105 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
2106
2107 if (Inits.size() == 1 && E->getType() == Inits[0]->getType())
2108 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2109
2110 if (!R)
2111 return false;
2112
2113 auto initPrimitiveField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2114 const Expr *Init, PrimType T,
2115 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2117 if (!this->visit(Init))
2118 return false;
2119
2120 bool BitField = FieldToInit->isBitField();
2121 if (BitField && Activate)
2122 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2123 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2124 if (BitField)
2125 return this->emitInitBitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2126 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2127 if (Activate)
2128 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2129 return this->emitInitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2130 };
2131
2132 auto initCompositeField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2133 const Expr *Init,
2134 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2136 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Field(FieldToInit->Offset));
2137
2138 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
2139 // on the stack and recurse into visitInitializer().
2140 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(FieldToInit->Offset, Init))
2141 return false;
2142
2143 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(E))
2144 return false;
2145
2146 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2147 };
2148
2149 if (R->isUnion()) {
2150 if (Inits.size() == 0) {
2151 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
2152 return false;
2153 } else {
2154 const Expr *Init = Inits[0];
2155 const FieldDecl *FToInit = nullptr;
2156 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
2157 FToInit = ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2158 else
2159 FToInit = cast<CXXParenListInitExpr>(E)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2160
2161 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(FToInit);
2162 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2163 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T, /*Activate=*/true))
2164 return false;
2165 } else {
2166 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init, /*Activate=*/true))
2167 return false;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2171 }
2172
2173 assert(!R->isUnion());
2174 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2175 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2176 // Skip unnamed bitfields.
2177 while (InitIndex < R->getNumFields() &&
2178 R->getField(InitIndex)->isUnnamedBitField())
2179 ++InitIndex;
2180
2181 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2182 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2183 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T))
2184 return false;
2185 ++InitIndex;
2186 } else {
2187 // Initializer for a direct base class.
2188 if (const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(Init->getType())) {
2189 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, Init))
2190 return false;
2191
2192 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
2193 return false;
2194 // Base initializers don't increase InitIndex, since they don't count
2195 // into the Record's fields.
2196 } else {
2197 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2198 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init))
2199 return false;
2200 ++InitIndex;
2201 }
2202 }
2203 }
2204 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2205 }
2206
2207 if (QT->isArrayType()) {
2208 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2209 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(QT);
2210 uint64_t NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
2211
2212 if (Initializing && !this->emitCheckArrayDestSize(NumElems, E))
2213 return false;
2214
2215 if (Inits.size() == 1 && QT == Inits[0]->getType())
2216 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2217
2218 OptPrimType InitT = classify(CAT->getElementType());
2219 unsigned ElementIndex = 0;
2220 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2221 if (const auto *EmbedS =
2222 dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
2223 PrimType TargetT = classifyPrim(Init->getType());
2224
2225 auto Eval = [&](const IntegerLiteral *IL, unsigned ElemIndex) {
2226 if (TargetT == PT_Float) {
2227 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), classifyPrim(IL), Init))
2228 return false;
2229 const auto *Sem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(CAT->getElementType());
2230 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(IL), Sem,
2231 getFPOptions(E), E))
2232 return false;
2233 } else {
2234 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), TargetT, Init))
2235 return false;
2236 }
2237 return this->emitInitElem(TargetT, ElemIndex, IL);
2238 };
2239 if (!EmbedS->doForEachDataElement(Eval, ElementIndex))
2240 return false;
2241 } else {
2242 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, Init, InitT))
2243 return false;
2244 ++ElementIndex;
2245 }
2246 }
2247
2248 // Expand the filler expression.
2249 // FIXME: This should go away.
2250 if (ArrayFiller) {
2251 for (; ElementIndex != NumElems; ++ElementIndex) {
2252 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, ArrayFiller, InitT))
2253 return false;
2254 }
2255 }
2256
2257 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2258 }
2259
2260 if (const auto *ComplexTy = QT->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2261 unsigned NumInits = Inits.size();
2262
2263 if (NumInits == 1)
2264 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2265
2266 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
2267 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2268 if (NumInits == 0) {
2269 // Zero-initialize both elements.
2270 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
2271 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2272 return false;
2273 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2274 return false;
2275 }
2276 } else if (NumInits == 2) {
2277 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2278 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2279 if (!this->visit(Init))
2280 return false;
2281
2282 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2283 return false;
2284 ++InitIndex;
2285 }
2286 }
2287 return true;
2288 }
2289
2290 if (const auto *VecT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2291 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
2292 assert(NumVecElements >= Inits.size());
2293
2294 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
2295 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2296
2297 // All initializer elements.
2298 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2299 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2300 if (!this->visit(Init))
2301 return false;
2302
2303 // If the initializer is of vector type itself, we have to deconstruct
2304 // that and initialize all the target fields from the initializer fields.
2305 if (const auto *InitVecT = Init->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2306 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, InitIndex,
2307 InitVecT->getNumElements(), E))
2308 return false;
2309 InitIndex += InitVecT->getNumElements();
2310 } else {
2311 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2312 return false;
2313 ++InitIndex;
2314 }
2315 }
2316
2317 assert(InitIndex <= NumVecElements);
2318
2319 // Fill the rest with zeroes.
2320 for (; InitIndex != NumVecElements; ++InitIndex) {
2321 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2322 return false;
2323 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2324 return false;
2325 }
2326 return true;
2327 }
2328
2329 if (const auto *MT = QT->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2330 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2331 assert(Inits.size() == NumElems);
2332
2333 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2334 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2335
2336 // Matrix initializer list elements are in row-major order, which matches
2337 // the matrix APValue convention and therefore no index remapping is
2338 // required.
2339 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2340 if (!this->visit(Inits[I]))
2341 return false;
2342 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2343 return false;
2344 }
2345 return true;
2346 }
2347
2348 return false;
2349}
2350
2351/// Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling
2352/// this.
2353template <class Emitter>
2354bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init,
2355 OptPrimType InitT) {
2356 if (InitT) {
2357 // Visit the primitive element like normal.
2358 if (!this->visit(Init))
2359 return false;
2360 return this->emitInitElem(*InitT, ElemIndex, Init);
2361 }
2362
2363 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Elem(ElemIndex));
2364 // Advance the pointer currently on the stack to the given
2365 // dimension.
2366 if (!this->emitConstUint32(ElemIndex, Init))
2367 return false;
2368 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(Init))
2369 return false;
2370 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2371}
2372
2373template <class Emitter>
2375 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl,
2376 bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall) {
2377 assert(VarScope->getKind() == ScopeKind::Call);
2378 llvm::BitVector NonNullArgs;
2379 if (FuncDecl && FuncDecl->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
2380 NonNullArgs = collectNonNullArgs(FuncDecl, Args);
2381
2382 bool ExplicitMemberFn = false;
2383 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
2384 ExplicitMemberFn = MD->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction();
2385
2386 unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
2387 for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
2388 if (canClassify(Arg)) {
2389 if (!this->visit(Arg))
2390 return false;
2391 } else {
2392
2393 DeclTy Source = Arg;
2394 if (FuncDecl) {
2395 // Try to use the parameter declaration instead of the argument
2396 // expression as a source.
2397 unsigned DeclIndex = ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall + ExplicitMemberFn;
2398 if (DeclIndex < FuncDecl->getNumParams())
2399 Source = FuncDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall +
2400 ExplicitMemberFn);
2401 }
2402
2403 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
2404 allocateLocal(std::move(Source), Arg->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
2405 if (!LocalIndex)
2406 return false;
2407
2408 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, Arg))
2409 return false;
2410 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
2411 if (!this->visitInitializer(Arg))
2412 return false;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (ArgIndex == 1 && Activate) {
2416 if (!this->emitActivate(Arg))
2417 return false;
2418 }
2419
2420 if (!NonNullArgs.empty() && NonNullArgs[ArgIndex]) {
2421 PrimType ArgT = classify(Arg).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2422 if (ArgT == PT_Ptr) {
2423 if (!this->emitCheckNonNullArg(ArgT, Arg))
2424 return false;
2425 }
2426 }
2427
2428 ++ArgIndex;
2429 }
2430
2431 return true;
2432}
2433
2434template <class Emitter>
2436 return this->visitInitList(E->inits(), E->getArrayFiller(), E);
2437}
2438
2439template <class Emitter>
2444
2445template <class Emitter>
2450
2451template <class Emitter>
2453 if (!E->hasAPValueResult())
2454 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2455
2456 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
2457 // Try to emit the APValue directly, without visiting the subexpr.
2458 // This will only fail if we can't emit the APValue, so won't emit any
2459 // diagnostics or any double values.
2460 if (DiscardResult)
2461 return true;
2462 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValueResult(), *T, E);
2463 }
2464
2465 // Fall back to the subexpr for non-primitive APValues.
2466 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2467}
2468
2469template <class Emitter>
2471 auto It = E->begin();
2472 return this->visit(*It);
2473}
2474
2476 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind) {
2477 bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
2478 ASTCtx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7;
2479
2480 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
2481 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
2482 // alignment of the referenced type.
2483 if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2484 T = Ref->getPointeeType();
2485
2486 if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
2487 return CharUnits::One();
2488
2489 // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
2490 // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and
2491 // _Alignof as well.
2492 if (Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
2493 return ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(ASTCtx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T));
2494
2495 return ASTCtx.getTypeAlignInChars(T);
2496}
2497
2498template <class Emitter>
2500 const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2501
2502 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind = E->getKind();
2503 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
2504
2505 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf || Kind == UETT_DataSizeOf) {
2507
2508 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2509 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2510 if (const auto *Ref = ArgType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2511 ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2512
2513 CharUnits Size;
2514 if (ArgType->isVoidType() || ArgType->isFunctionType())
2515 Size = CharUnits::One();
2516 else {
2517 if (ArgType->isDependentType() || !ArgType->isConstantSizeType())
2518 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2519
2520 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf)
2521 Size = ASTCtx.getTypeSizeInChars(ArgType);
2522 else
2524 }
2525
2526 if (DiscardResult)
2527 return true;
2528
2529 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2530 }
2531
2532 if (Kind == UETT_CountOf) {
2533 QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
2534 assert(Ty->isArrayType());
2535
2536 // We don't need to worry about array element qualifiers, so getting the
2537 // unsafe array type is fine.
2538 if (const auto *CAT =
2539 dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
2540 if (DiscardResult)
2541 return true;
2542 return this->emitConst(CAT->getSize(), E);
2543 }
2544
2545 assert(!Ty->isConstantSizeType());
2546
2547 // If it's a variable-length array type, we need to check whether it is a
2548 // multidimensional array. If so, we need to check the size expression of
2549 // the VLA to see if it's a constant size. If so, we can return that value.
2550 const auto *VAT = ASTCtx.getAsVariableArrayType(Ty);
2551 assert(VAT);
2552 if (VAT->getElementType()->isArrayType()) {
2553 std::optional<APSInt> Res =
2554 VAT->getSizeExpr()
2555 ? VAT->getSizeExpr()->getIntegerConstantExpr(ASTCtx)
2556 : std::nullopt;
2557 if (Res) {
2558 if (DiscardResult)
2559 return true;
2560 return this->emitConst(*Res, E);
2561 }
2562 }
2563 }
2564
2565 if (Kind == UETT_AlignOf || Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
2566 CharUnits Size;
2567
2568 if (E->isArgumentType()) {
2570
2571 Size = AlignOfType(ArgType, ASTCtx, Kind);
2572 } else {
2573 // Argument is an expression, not a type.
2574 const Expr *Arg = E->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens();
2575
2576 if (Arg->getType()->isDependentType())
2577 return false;
2578
2579 // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
2580 // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
2581 // expressions in Sema.
2582
2583 // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we
2584 // default to 1 in those cases.
2585 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg))
2586 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
2587 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2588 else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Arg))
2589 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
2590 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2591 else
2592 Size = AlignOfType(Arg->getType(), ASTCtx, Kind);
2593 }
2594
2595 if (DiscardResult)
2596 return true;
2597
2598 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2599 }
2600
2601 if (Kind == UETT_VectorElements) {
2602 if (E->containsErrors())
2603 return false;
2604
2605 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>())
2606 return this->emitConst(VT->getNumElements(), E);
2608 return this->emitSizelessVectorElementSize(E);
2609 }
2610
2611 if (Kind == UETT_VecStep) {
2612 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2613 unsigned N = VT->getNumElements();
2614
2615 // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
2616 // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
2617 if (N == 3)
2618 N = 4;
2619
2620 return this->emitConst(N, E);
2621 }
2622 return this->emitConst(1, E);
2623 }
2624
2625 if (Kind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
2626 assert(E->isArgumentType());
2627 unsigned Bits = ASTCtx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType());
2628
2629 return this->emitConst(ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(Bits).getQuantity(), E);
2630 }
2631
2632 if (Kind == UETT_PtrAuthTypeDiscriminator) {
2633 if (E->getArgumentType()->isDependentType())
2634 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2635
2636 return this->emitConst(
2637 const_cast<ASTContext &>(ASTCtx).getPointerAuthTypeDiscriminator(
2638 E->getArgumentType()),
2639 E);
2640 }
2641
2642 return false;
2643}
2644
2645template <class Emitter>
2647 // 'Base.Member'
2648 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2649 const ValueDecl *Member = E->getMemberDecl();
2650
2651 if (DiscardResult)
2652 return this->discard(Base);
2653
2654 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Member)) {
2655 // I am almost confident in saying that a var decl must be static
2656 // and therefore registered as a global variable.
2657 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
2658 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
2659 return false;
2660 if (Member->getType()->isReferenceType())
2661 return this->emitLoadPopPtr(E);
2662 return true;
2663 }
2664 return false;
2665 }
2666
2667 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2668 // A non-static member function access only makes sense as part of the
2669 // enclosing call here. Don't try to evaluate it in isolation.
2670 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
2671 MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
2672 return false;
2673 }
2674
2675 if (!this->discard(Base) && !this->emitSideEffect(E))
2676 return false;
2677
2678 return this->visitDeclRef(Member, E);
2679 }
2680
2681 if (!this->visit(Base))
2682 return false;
2683
2684 // Base above gives us a pointer on the stack.
2685 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Member);
2686 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
2687 const Record *R = getRecord(RD);
2688 if (!R)
2689 return false;
2690 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(FD);
2691
2692 // MemberExprs are almost always lvalues, in which case we don't need to
2693 // do the load. But sometimes they aren't.
2694 const auto maybeLoadValue = [&]() -> bool {
2695 if (E->isGLValue())
2696 return true;
2697 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E))
2698 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2699 return false;
2700 };
2701
2702 // Leave a pointer to the field on the stack.
2703 if (F->Decl->getType()->isReferenceType())
2704 return this->emitGetFieldPop(PT_Ptr, F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2705 return this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2706}
2707
2708template <class Emitter>
2710 assert(!DiscardResult);
2711 // ArrayIndex might not be set if a ArrayInitIndexExpr is being evaluated
2712 // stand-alone, e.g. via EvaluateAsInt().
2713 if (!ArrayIndex)
2714 return false;
2715 return this->emitConst(*ArrayIndex, E);
2716}
2717
2718template <class Emitter>
2720 assert(Initializing);
2721 assert(!DiscardResult);
2722
2723 const Expr *Common = E->getCommonExpr();
2724 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
2725 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr);
2726 size_t Size = E->getArraySize().getZExtValue();
2727
2728 if (SubExprT) {
2729 // Unwrap the OpaqueValueExpr so we don't cache something we won't reuse.
2730 Common = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Common)->getSourceExpr();
2731
2732 if (!this->visit(Common))
2733 return false;
2734 return this->emitCopyArray(*SubExprT, 0, 0, Size, E);
2735 }
2736
2737 // We visit the common opaque expression here once so we have its value
2738 // cached.
2739 if (!this->discard(Common))
2740 return false;
2741
2742 // TODO: This compiles to quite a lot of bytecode if the array is larger.
2743 // Investigate compiling this to a loop.
2744
2745 // So, every iteration, we execute an assignment here
2746 // where the LHS is on the stack (the target array)
2747 // and the RHS is our SubExpr.
2748 for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
2749 ArrayIndexScope<Emitter> IndexScope(this, I);
2751
2752 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(I, SubExpr, SubExprT))
2753 return false;
2754 if (!BS.destroyLocals())
2755 return false;
2756 }
2757 return true;
2758}
2759
2760template <class Emitter>
2762 const Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr();
2763 if (!SourceExpr)
2764 return false;
2765
2766 if (Initializing) {
2767 assert(!DiscardResult);
2768 return this->visitInitializer(SourceExpr);
2769 }
2770
2771 PrimType SubExprT = classify(SourceExpr).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2772 if (auto It = OpaqueExprs.find(E); It != OpaqueExprs.end()) {
2773 if (DiscardResult)
2774 return true;
2775 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, It->second, E);
2776 }
2777
2778 if (!this->visit(SourceExpr))
2779 return false;
2780
2781 // At this point we either have the evaluated source expression or a pointer
2782 // to an object on the stack. We want to create a local variable that stores
2783 // this value.
2784 unsigned LocalIndex = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, SubExprT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2785 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E))
2786 return false;
2787
2788 // This is cleaned up when the local variable is destroyed.
2789 OpaqueExprs.insert({E, LocalIndex});
2790
2791 // Here the local variable is created but the value is removed from the stack,
2792 // so we put it back if the caller needs it.
2793 if (!DiscardResult)
2794 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E);
2795 return true;
2796}
2797
2798template <class Emitter>
2800 const AbstractConditionalOperator *E) {
2801 const Expr *Condition = E->getCond();
2802 const Expr *TrueExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
2803 const Expr *FalseExpr = E->getFalseExpr();
2804
2805 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(Condition)) {
2806 if (*BoolValue)
2807 return this->delegate(TrueExpr);
2808 return this->delegate(FalseExpr);
2809 }
2810
2811 // Force-init the scope, which creates a InitScope op. This is necessary so
2812 // the scope is not only initialized in one arm of the conditional operator.
2813 this->VarScope->forceInit();
2814 // The TrueExpr and FalseExpr of a conditional operator do _not_ create a
2815 // scope, which means the local variables created within them unconditionally
2816 // always exist. However, we need to later differentiate which branch was
2817 // taken and only destroy the varibles of the active branch. This is what the
2818 // "enabled" flags on local variables are used for.
2819 llvm::SaveAndRestore LAAA(this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled,
2820 /*NewValue=*/false);
2821 bool IsBcpCall = false;
2822 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Condition->IgnoreParenCasts());
2823 CE && CE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
2824 IsBcpCall = true;
2825 }
2826
2827 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel(); // Label after the operator.
2828 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel(); // Label for the false expr.
2829
2830 if (IsBcpCall) {
2831 if (!this->emitPushIgnoreDiags(E))
2832 return false;
2833 }
2834
2835 if (!this->visitBool(Condition)) {
2836 // If the condition failed and we're checking for undefined behavior
2837 // (which only happens with EvalEmitter) check the TrueExpr and FalseExpr
2838 // as well.
2839 if (this->checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) {
2840 if (!this->discard(TrueExpr))
2841 return false;
2842 if (!this->discard(FalseExpr))
2843 return false;
2844 }
2845 return false;
2846 }
2847
2848 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
2849 return false;
2850 if (!this->delegate(TrueExpr))
2851 return false;
2852
2853 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
2854 return false;
2855 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
2856 if (!this->delegate(FalseExpr))
2857 return false;
2858
2859 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
2860 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
2861
2862 if (IsBcpCall)
2863 return this->emitPopIgnoreDiags(E);
2864 return true;
2865}
2866
2867template <class Emitter>
2869 if (DiscardResult)
2870 return true;
2871
2872 if (!Initializing) {
2873 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E);
2874 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2875 }
2876
2877 // We are initializing an array on the stack.
2878 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2879 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
2880 assert(CAT && "a string literal that's not a constant array?");
2881
2882 // If the initializer string is too long, a diagnostic has already been
2883 // emitted. Read only the array length from the string literal.
2884 unsigned ArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize();
2885 unsigned N = std::min(ArraySize, E->getLength());
2886 unsigned CharWidth = E->getCharByteWidth();
2887
2888 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
2889 uint32_t CodeUnit = E->getCodeUnit(I);
2890
2891 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2892 this->emitConstSint8(CodeUnit, E);
2893 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2894 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2895 this->emitConstUint16(CodeUnit, E);
2896 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2897 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2898 this->emitConstUint32(CodeUnit, E);
2899 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2900 } else {
2901 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2902 }
2903 }
2904
2905 // Fill up the rest of the char array with NUL bytes.
2906 for (unsigned I = N; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
2907 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2908 this->emitConstSint8(0, E);
2909 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2910 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2911 this->emitConstUint16(0, E);
2912 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2913 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2914 this->emitConstUint32(0, E);
2915 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2916 } else {
2917 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2918 }
2919 }
2920
2921 return true;
2922}
2923
2924template <class Emitter>
2926 if (DiscardResult)
2927 return true;
2928 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
2929}
2930
2931template <class Emitter>
2933 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2934 std::string Str;
2935 A.getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str);
2936 StringLiteral *SL =
2938 /*Pascal=*/false, E->getType(), E->getAtLoc());
2939 return this->delegate(SL);
2940}
2941
2942template <class Emitter>
2944 const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) {
2945 if (DiscardResult)
2946 return true;
2947
2948 assert(!Initializing);
2949
2950 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2951 std::string ResultStr = E->ComputeName(A);
2952
2953 QualType CharTy = A.CharTy.withConst();
2954 APInt Size(A.getTypeSize(A.getSizeType()), ResultStr.size() + 1);
2955 QualType ArrayTy = A.getConstantArrayType(CharTy, Size, nullptr,
2957
2958 StringLiteral *SL =
2960 /*Pascal=*/false, ArrayTy, E->getLocation());
2961
2962 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(SL);
2963 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2964}
2965
2966template <class Emitter>
2968 if (DiscardResult)
2969 return true;
2970 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
2971}
2972
2973template <class Emitter>
2975 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
2976
2977 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2978 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2979 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
2980 QualType LHSComputationType = E->getComputationLHSType();
2981 QualType ResultType = E->getComputationResultType();
2982 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHSComputationType);
2983 OptPrimType RT = classify(ResultType);
2984
2985 assert(ResultType->isFloatingType());
2986
2987 if (!LT || !RT)
2988 return false;
2989
2990 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
2991
2992 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
2993 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
2994 // load it again later.
2995 if (!visit(RHS))
2996 return false;
2997
2998 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2999 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3000 return false;
3001
3002 // First, visit LHS.
3003 if (!visit(LHS))
3004 return false;
3005 if (!this->emitLoad(LHST, E))
3006 return false;
3007
3008 // If necessary, convert LHS to its computation type.
3009 if (!this->emitPrimCast(LHST, classifyPrim(LHSComputationType),
3010 LHSComputationType, E))
3011 return false;
3012
3013 // Now load RHS.
3014 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3015 return false;
3016
3017 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3018 case BO_AddAssign:
3019 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3020 return false;
3021 break;
3022 case BO_SubAssign:
3023 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3024 return false;
3025 break;
3026 case BO_MulAssign:
3027 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3028 return false;
3029 break;
3030 case BO_DivAssign:
3031 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3032 return false;
3033 break;
3034 default:
3035 return false;
3036 }
3037
3038 if (!this->emitPrimCast(classifyPrim(ResultType), LHST, LHS->getType(), E))
3039 return false;
3040
3041 if (DiscardResult)
3042 return this->emitStorePop(LHST, E);
3043 return this->emitStore(LHST, E);
3044}
3045
3046template <class Emitter>
3048 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3049 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
3050 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3051 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3052 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3053 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3054
3055 if (Op != BO_AddAssign && Op != BO_SubAssign)
3056 return false;
3057
3058 if (!LT || !RT)
3059 return false;
3060
3061 if (!visit(LHS))
3062 return false;
3063
3064 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, LHS))
3065 return false;
3066
3067 if (!visit(RHS))
3068 return false;
3069
3070 if (Op == BO_AddAssign) {
3071 if (!this->emitAddOffset(*RT, E))
3072 return false;
3073 } else {
3074 if (!this->emitSubOffset(*RT, E))
3075 return false;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (DiscardResult)
3079 return this->emitStorePopPtr(E);
3080 return this->emitStorePtr(E);
3081}
3082
3083template <class Emitter>
3085 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3086 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
3087 return VisitVectorBinOp(E);
3088
3089 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3090 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3091 OptPrimType LHSComputationT = classify(E->getComputationLHSType());
3092 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3093 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3094 OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E->getType());
3095
3096 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
3097 return this->visit(RHS) && this->visit(LHS) && this->emitError(E);
3098
3099 if (!LT || !RT || !ResultT || !LHSComputationT)
3100 return false;
3101
3102 // Handle floating point operations separately here, since they
3103 // require special care.
3104
3105 if (ResultT == PT_Float || RT == PT_Float)
3107
3108 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
3110
3111 assert(!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Handled above");
3112 assert(!E->getType()->isFloatingType() && "Handled above");
3113
3114 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
3115 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
3116 // load it again later.
3117 // FIXME: Compound assignments are unsequenced in C, so we might
3118 // have to figure out how to reject them.
3119 if (!visit(RHS))
3120 return false;
3121
3122 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
3123
3124 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3125 return false;
3126
3127 // Get LHS pointer, load its value and cast it to the
3128 // computation type if necessary.
3129 if (!visit(LHS))
3130 return false;
3131 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, E))
3132 return false;
3133 if (LT != LHSComputationT &&
3134 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LT, *LHSComputationT, E->getComputationLHSType(),
3135 E))
3136 return false;
3137
3138 // Get the RHS value on the stack.
3139 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3140 return false;
3141
3142 // Perform operation.
3143 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3144 case BO_AddAssign:
3145 if (!this->emitAdd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3146 return false;
3147 break;
3148 case BO_SubAssign:
3149 if (!this->emitSub(*LHSComputationT, E))
3150 return false;
3151 break;
3152 case BO_MulAssign:
3153 if (!this->emitMul(*LHSComputationT, E))
3154 return false;
3155 break;
3156 case BO_DivAssign:
3157 if (!this->emitDiv(*LHSComputationT, E))
3158 return false;
3159 break;
3160 case BO_RemAssign:
3161 if (!this->emitRem(*LHSComputationT, E))
3162 return false;
3163 break;
3164 case BO_ShlAssign:
3165 if (!this->emitShl(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3166 return false;
3167 break;
3168 case BO_ShrAssign:
3169 if (!this->emitShr(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3170 return false;
3171 break;
3172 case BO_AndAssign:
3173 if (!this->emitBitAnd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3174 return false;
3175 break;
3176 case BO_XorAssign:
3177 if (!this->emitBitXor(*LHSComputationT, E))
3178 return false;
3179 break;
3180 case BO_OrAssign:
3181 if (!this->emitBitOr(*LHSComputationT, E))
3182 return false;
3183 break;
3184 default:
3185 llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented compound assign operator");
3186 }
3187
3188 // And now cast from LHSComputationT to ResultT.
3189 if (ResultT != LHSComputationT &&
3190 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LHSComputationT, *ResultT, E->getType(), E))
3191 return false;
3192
3193 // And store the result in LHS.
3194 if (DiscardResult) {
3195 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3196 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(*ResultT, E);
3197 return this->emitStorePop(*ResultT, E);
3198 }
3199 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3200 return this->emitStoreBitField(*ResultT, E);
3201 return this->emitStore(*ResultT, E);
3202}
3203
3204template <class Emitter>
3207 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3208
3209 return this->delegate(SubExpr) && ES.destroyLocals(E);
3210}
3211
3212template <class Emitter>
3214 const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
3215 if (Initializing) {
3216 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3217 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
3218 }
3219 // If we don't end up using the materialized temporary anyway, don't
3220 // bother creating it.
3221 if (DiscardResult)
3222 return this->discard(E->getSubExpr());
3223
3226 const Expr *Inner;
3227 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3228 Inner =
3229 E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
3230 else
3231 Inner = E->getSubExpr();
3232
3233 // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
3234 for (const Expr *LHS : CommaLHSs) {
3235 if (!this->discard(LHS))
3236 return false;
3237 }
3238
3239 // FIXME: Find a test case where Adjustments matters.
3240
3241 // When we're extending a global variable *or* the storage duration of
3242 // the temporary is explicitly static, create a global variable.
3243 OptPrimType InnerT = classify(Inner);
3244 const ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = E->getExtendingDecl();
3245 bool IsStatic = E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
3246 if (IsStatic ||
3247 (ExtendingDecl && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(ExtendingDecl))) {
3248 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, Inner->getType());
3249 if (!GlobalIndex)
3250 return false;
3251
3252 const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *TempDecl =
3254
3255 if (InnerT) {
3256 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3257 return false;
3258
3259 if (IsStatic) {
3260 assert(TempDecl);
3261 if (!this->emitInitGlobalTemp(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, TempDecl, E))
3262 return false;
3263 } else {
3264 if (!this->emitInitGlobal(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, E))
3265 return false;
3266 }
3267 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
3268 }
3269
3270 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3271 return false;
3272 // Non-primitive values.
3273 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3274 return false;
3275 if (!this->visitInitializer(Inner))
3276 return false;
3277 if (IsStatic) {
3278 assert(TempDecl);
3279 return this->emitInitGlobalTempComp(TempDecl, E);
3280 }
3281 return true;
3282 }
3283
3287
3288 // For everyhing else, use local variables.
3289 if (InnerT) {
3290 bool IsConst = Inner->getType().isConstQualified();
3291 bool IsVolatile = Inner->getType().isVolatileQualified();
3292 unsigned LocalIndex =
3293 allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *InnerT, IsConst, IsVolatile, VarScope);
3294 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3295 !this->emitEnableLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3296 return false;
3297
3298 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3299 return false;
3300 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*InnerT, LocalIndex, E))
3301 return false;
3302
3303 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E);
3304 }
3305
3306 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3307 return false;
3308
3309 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
3310 allocateLocal(E, Inner->getType(), VarScope)) {
3311 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
3312
3313 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3314 !this->emitEnableLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3315 return false;
3316
3317 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3318 return false;
3319 return this->visitInitializer(Inner);
3320 }
3321 return false;
3322}
3323
3324template <class Emitter>
3326 const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
3327 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3328
3329 if (Initializing)
3330 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3331
3332 // Make sure we create a temporary even if we're discarding, since that will
3333 // make sure we will also call the destructor.
3334
3335 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
3336 return false;
3337
3338 if (DiscardResult)
3339 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3340 return true;
3341}
3342
3343template <class Emitter>
3345 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3346 if (DiscardResult)
3347 return this->discard(Init);
3348
3349 if (Initializing) {
3350 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3351 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3352 }
3353
3354 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
3355 if (E->isFileScope()) {
3356 // Avoid creating a variable if this is a primitive RValue anyway.
3357 if (T && !E->isLValue())
3358 return this->delegate(Init);
3359
3360 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, E->getType());
3361 if (!GlobalIndex)
3362 return false;
3363
3364 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3365 return false;
3366
3367 // Since this is a global variable, we might've already seen,
3368 // don't do it again.
3369 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
3370 return true;
3371
3372 if (T) {
3373 if (!this->visit(Init))
3374 return false;
3375 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *GlobalIndex, E);
3376 }
3377
3378 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3379 }
3380
3381 // Otherwise, use a local variable.
3382 if (T && !E->isLValue()) {
3383 // For primitive types, we just visit the initializer.
3384 return this->delegate(Init);
3385 }
3386
3387 unsigned LocalIndex;
3388 if (T)
3389 LocalIndex = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Init, *T, /*IsConst=*/false);
3390 else if (UnsignedOrNone MaybeIndex = this->allocateLocal(Init))
3391 LocalIndex = *MaybeIndex;
3392 else
3393 return false;
3394
3395 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3396 return false;
3397
3398 if (T)
3399 return this->visit(Init) && this->emitInit(*T, E);
3400 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3401}
3402
3403template <class Emitter>
3405 if (DiscardResult)
3406 return true;
3407 if (E->isStoredAsBoolean()) {
3408 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
3409 return this->emitConstBool(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3410 return this->emitConst(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3411 }
3412 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3413 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValue(), T, E);
3414}
3415
3416template <class Emitter>
3418 if (DiscardResult)
3419 return true;
3420 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3421}
3422
3423template <class Emitter>
3425 if (DiscardResult)
3426 return true;
3427
3428 assert(Initializing);
3429 const Record *R = P.getOrCreateRecord(E->getLambdaClass());
3430 if (!R)
3431 return false;
3432
3433 auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
3434 // Initialize all fields (which represent lambda captures) of the
3435 // record with their initializers.
3436 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
3437 const Expr *Init = *CaptureInitIt;
3438 if (!Init || Init->containsErrors())
3439 continue;
3440 ++CaptureInitIt;
3441
3442 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
3443 if (!this->visit(Init))
3444 return false;
3445
3446 if (!this->emitInitField(*T, F.Offset, E))
3447 return false;
3448 } else {
3449 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
3450 return false;
3451
3452 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
3453 return false;
3454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 return true;
3458}
3459
3460template <class Emitter>
3462 if (DiscardResult)
3463 return true;
3464
3465 if (!Initializing) {
3466 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E->getFunctionName(), E);
3467 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
3468 }
3469
3470 return this->delegate(E->getFunctionName());
3471}
3472
3473template <class Emitter>
3475 if (E->getSubExpr() && !this->discard(E->getSubExpr()))
3476 return false;
3477
3478 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3479}
3480
3481template <class Emitter>
3483 const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
3484 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3485
3486 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr);
3487 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E);
3488
3489 if (!FromT || !ToT)
3490 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
3491
3492 if (FromT == PT_Ptr || ToT == PT_Ptr) {
3493 // Both types could be PT_Ptr because their expressions are glvalues.
3494 OptPrimType PointeeFromT;
3495 if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerOrReferenceType())
3496 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType()->getPointeeType());
3497 else
3498 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
3499
3500 OptPrimType PointeeToT;
3502 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType()->getPointeeType());
3503 else
3504 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType());
3505
3506 bool Fatal = true;
3507 if (PointeeToT && PointeeFromT) {
3508 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeFromT) &&
3509 isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeToT))
3510 Fatal = false;
3511 else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3512 Fatal = false;
3513 } else {
3514 Fatal = SubExpr->getType().getTypePtr() != E->getType().getTypePtr();
3515 }
3516
3517 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3518 return false;
3519
3520 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3521 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3522 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3523 }
3524
3525 // Try to actually do the cast.
3526 bool Fatal = (ToT != FromT);
3527 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3528 return false;
3529
3530 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3531}
3532
3533template <class Emitter>
3535
3536 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
3537 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Dynamic, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
3538 return false;
3539 }
3540
3541 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3542}
3543
3544template <class Emitter>
3546 assert(E->getType()->isBooleanType());
3547
3548 if (DiscardResult)
3549 return true;
3550 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
3551}
3552
3553template <class Emitter>
3555 QualType T = E->getType();
3556 assert(!canClassify(T));
3557
3558 if (T->isRecordType()) {
3559 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3560
3561 // If we're discarding a construct expression, we still need
3562 // to allocate a variable and call the constructor and destructor.
3563 if (DiscardResult) {
3564 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3565 return true;
3566 assert(!Initializing);
3567 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3568
3569 if (!LocalIndex)
3570 return false;
3571
3572 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3573 return false;
3574 }
3575
3576 // Trivial copy/move constructor. Avoid copy.
3577 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
3578 Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3579 E->getArg(0)->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(),
3580 T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
3581 return this->visitInitializer(E->getArg(0));
3582
3583 // Zero initialization.
3584 bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
3585 if (ZeroInit) {
3586 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3587 if (!R)
3588 return false;
3589
3590 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
3591 return false;
3592
3593 // If the constructor is trivial anyway, we're done.
3594 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3595 return true;
3596 }
3597
3598 // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
3599 if (!ZeroInit && E->isElidable()) {
3600 const Expr *SrcObj = E->getArg(0);
3601 assert(SrcObj->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(), Ctor->getParent()));
3602 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(),
3603 SrcObj->getType()));
3604 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(SrcObj)) {
3605 if (!this->emitCheckFunctionDecl(Ctor, E))
3606 return false;
3607 return this->visitInitializer(ME->getSubExpr());
3608 }
3609 }
3610
3611 const Function *Func = getFunction(Ctor);
3612
3613 if (!Func)
3614 return false;
3615
3616 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
3617 assert(!Func->hasRVO());
3618
3619 // The This pointer is already on the stack because this is an initializer,
3620 // but we need to dup() so the call() below has its own copy.
3621 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3622 return false;
3623
3624 // Constructor arguments.
3625 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3626 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3627 return false;
3628 }
3629
3630 if (Func->isVariadic()) {
3631 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
3632 unsigned NumParams = Func->getNumWrittenParams();
3633 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
3634 VarArgSize +=
3635 align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
3636 }
3637 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
3638 return false;
3639 } else {
3640 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E)) {
3641 // When discarding, we don't need the result anyway, so clean up
3642 // the instance dup we did earlier in case surrounding code wants
3643 // to keep evaluating.
3644 if (DiscardResult)
3645 (void)this->emitPopPtr(E);
3646 return false;
3647 }
3648 }
3649
3650 if (DiscardResult)
3651 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3652 return true;
3653 }
3654
3655 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3656 const Function *Func = getFunction(E->getConstructor());
3657 if (!Func)
3658 return false;
3659
3660 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3661 return false;
3662
3663 std::function<bool(QualType)> initArrayDimension;
3664 initArrayDimension = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
3665 if (!T->isArrayType()) {
3666 // Constructor arguments.
3667 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3668 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3669 return false;
3670 }
3671
3672 return this->emitCall(Func, 0, E);
3673 }
3674
3675 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
3676 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(T);
3677 if (!CAT)
3678 return false;
3679 QualType ElemTy = CAT->getElementType();
3680 unsigned NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
3681 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
3682 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, E))
3683 return false;
3684 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(E))
3685 return false;
3686 if (!initArrayDimension(ElemTy))
3687 return false;
3688 }
3689 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3690 };
3691
3692 return initArrayDimension(E->getType());
3693 }
3694
3695 return false;
3696}
3697
3698template <class Emitter>
3700 if (DiscardResult)
3701 return true;
3702
3703 const APValue Val =
3704 E->EvaluateInContext(Ctx.getASTContext(), SourceLocDefaultExpr);
3705
3706 // Things like __builtin_LINE().
3707 if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3708 assert(Val.isInt());
3709 const APSInt &I = Val.getInt();
3710 return this->emitConst(I, E);
3711 }
3712 // Otherwise, the APValue is an LValue, with only one element.
3713 // Theoretically, we don't need the APValue at all of course.
3714 assert(E->getType()->isPointerType());
3715 assert(Val.isLValue());
3716 const APValue::LValueBase &Base = Val.getLValueBase();
3717 if (const Expr *LValueExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
3718 return this->visit(LValueExpr);
3719
3720 // Otherwise, we have a decl (which is the case for
3721 // __builtin_source_location).
3722 assert(Base.is<const ValueDecl *>());
3723 assert(Val.getLValuePath().size() == 0);
3724 const auto *BaseDecl = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>();
3725 assert(BaseDecl);
3726
3727 auto *UGCD = cast<UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(BaseDecl);
3728
3729 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(UGCD);
3730 if (!GlobalIndex)
3731 return false;
3732
3733 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3734 return false;
3735
3736 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3737 const APValue &V = UGCD->getValue();
3738 for (unsigned I = 0, N = R->getNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
3739 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(I);
3740 const APValue &FieldValue = V.getStructField(I);
3741
3742 PrimType FieldT = classifyPrim(F->Decl->getType());
3743
3744 if (!this->visitAPValue(FieldValue, FieldT, E))
3745 return false;
3746 if (!this->emitInitField(FieldT, F->Offset, E))
3747 return false;
3748 }
3749
3750 // Leave the pointer to the global on the stack.
3751 return true;
3752}
3753
3754template <class Emitter>
3756 unsigned N = E->getNumComponents();
3757 if (N == 0)
3758 return false;
3759
3760 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
3761 const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I);
3762 if (Node.getKind() == OffsetOfNode::Array) {
3763 const Expr *ArrayIndexExpr = E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex());
3764 PrimType IndexT = classifyPrim(ArrayIndexExpr->getType());
3765
3766 if (DiscardResult) {
3767 if (!this->discard(ArrayIndexExpr))
3768 return false;
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 if (!this->visit(ArrayIndexExpr))
3773 return false;
3774 // Cast to Sint64.
3775 if (IndexT != PT_Sint64) {
3776 if (!this->emitCast(IndexT, PT_Sint64, E))
3777 return false;
3778 }
3779 }
3780 }
3781
3782 if (DiscardResult)
3783 return true;
3784
3785 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3786 return this->emitOffsetOf(T, E, E);
3787}
3788
3789template <class Emitter>
3791 const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
3792 QualType Ty = E->getType();
3793
3794 if (DiscardResult || Ty->isVoidType())
3795 return true;
3796
3797 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Ty))
3798 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, Ty, E);
3799
3800 if (const auto *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3801 if (!Initializing) {
3802 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3803 if (!LocalIndex)
3804 return false;
3805 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3806 return false;
3807 }
3808
3809 // Initialize both fields to 0.
3810 QualType ElemQT = CT->getElementType();
3811 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3812
3813 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
3814 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3815 return false;
3816 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3817 return false;
3818 }
3819 return true;
3820 }
3821
3822 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3823 // FIXME: Code duplication with the _Complex case above.
3824 if (!Initializing) {
3825 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3826 if (!LocalIndex)
3827 return false;
3828 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3829 return false;
3830 }
3831
3832 // Initialize all fields to 0.
3833 QualType ElemQT = VT->getElementType();
3834 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3835
3836 for (unsigned I = 0, N = VT->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
3837 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3838 return false;
3839 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3840 return false;
3841 }
3842 return true;
3843 }
3844
3845 return false;
3846}
3847
3848template <class Emitter>
3850 return this->emitConst(E->getPackLength(), E);
3851}
3852
3853template <class Emitter>
3858
3859template <class Emitter>
3861 return this->delegate(E->getChosenSubExpr());
3862}
3863
3864template <class Emitter>
3866 if (DiscardResult)
3867 return true;
3868
3869 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3870}
3871
3872template <class Emitter>
3874 const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
3875 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3876 assert(!Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3877 "Trivial CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr, implement. (possible?)");
3878 const Function *F = this->getFunction(Ctor);
3879 assert(F);
3880 assert(!F->hasRVO());
3881 assert(F->hasThisPointer());
3882
3883 if (!this->emitDupPtr(SourceInfo{}))
3884 return false;
3885
3886 // Forward all arguments of the current function (which should be a
3887 // constructor itself) to the inherited ctor.
3888 // This is necessary because the calling code has pushed the pointer
3889 // of the correct base for us already, but the arguments need
3890 // to come after.
3891 unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
3892 for (const ParmVarDecl *PD : Ctor->parameters()) {
3893 PrimType PT = this->classify(PD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
3894
3895 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT, ParamIndex, E))
3896 return false;
3897 ++ParamIndex;
3898 }
3899
3900 return this->emitCall(F, 0, E);
3901}
3902
3903// FIXME: This function has become rather unwieldy, especially
3904// the part where we initialize an array allocation of dynamic size.
3905template <class Emitter>
3907 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Ptr);
3908 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3909 QualType ElementType = E->getAllocatedType();
3910 OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElementType);
3911 unsigned PlacementArgs = E->getNumPlacementArgs();
3912 const FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
3913 const Expr *PlacementDest = nullptr;
3914 bool IsNoThrow = false;
3915
3916 if (E->containsErrors())
3917 return false;
3918
3919 if (PlacementArgs != 0) {
3920 // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
3921 // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
3922 //
3923 // new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
3924 //
3925 // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
3926 // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
3927 // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
3928 if (PlacementArgs == 1) {
3929 const Expr *Arg1 = E->getPlacementArg(0);
3930 if (Arg1->getType()->isNothrowT()) {
3931 if (!this->discard(Arg1))
3932 return false;
3933 IsNoThrow = true;
3934 } else {
3935 // Invalid unless we have C++26 or are in a std:: function.
3936 if (!this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E))
3937 return false;
3938
3939 // If we have a placement-new destination, we'll later use that instead
3940 // of allocating.
3941 if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator())
3942 PlacementDest = Arg1;
3943 }
3944 } else {
3945 // Always invalid.
3946 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3947 }
3948 } else if (!OperatorNew
3949 ->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
3950 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
3951
3952 const Descriptor *Desc;
3953 if (!PlacementDest) {
3954 if (ElemT) {
3955 if (E->isArray())
3956 Desc = nullptr; // We're not going to use it in this case.
3957 else
3958 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, *ElemT, /*SourceTy=*/nullptr,
3960 } else {
3961 Desc = P.createDescriptor(
3962 E, ElementType.getTypePtr(),
3963 E->isArray() ? std::nullopt : Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
3964 /*IsConst=*/false, /*IsTemporary=*/false, /*IsMutable=*/false,
3965 /*IsVolatile=*/false, Init);
3966 }
3967 }
3968
3969 if (E->isArray()) {
3970 std::optional<const Expr *> ArraySizeExpr = E->getArraySize();
3971 if (!ArraySizeExpr)
3972 return false;
3973
3974 const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySizeExpr;
3975 for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
3976 Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
3977 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
3978 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
3979 break;
3980
3981 PrimType SizeT = classifyPrim(Stripped->getType());
3982
3983 // Save evaluated array size to a variable.
3984 unsigned ArrayLen =
3985 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
3986 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
3987 return false;
3988 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3989 return false;
3990
3991 if (PlacementDest) {
3992 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
3993 return false;
3994 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3995 return false;
3996 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatchArray(SizeT, E, E))
3997 return false;
3998 } else {
3999 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4000 return false;
4001
4002 if (ElemT) {
4003 // N primitive elements.
4004 if (!this->emitAllocN(SizeT, *ElemT, E, IsNoThrow, E))
4005 return false;
4006 } else {
4007 // N Composite elements.
4008 if (!this->emitAllocCN(SizeT, Desc, IsNoThrow, E))
4009 return false;
4010 }
4011 }
4012
4013 if (Init) {
4014 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
4015 size_t StaticInitElems = 0;
4016 const Expr *DynamicInit = nullptr;
4017 OptPrimType ElemT;
4018
4019 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
4020 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(InitType)) {
4021 StaticInitElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
4022 // Initialize the first S element from the initializer.
4023 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4024 return false;
4025
4026 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4027 if (ILE->hasArrayFiller())
4028 DynamicInit = ILE->getArrayFiller();
4029 else if (isa<StringLiteral>(ILE->getInit(0)))
4030 ElemT = classifyPrim(CAT->getElementType());
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 // The initializer initializes a certain number of elements, S.
4035 // However, the complete number of elements, N, might be larger than that.
4036 // In this case, we need to get an initializer for the remaining elements.
4037 // There are three cases:
4038 // 1) For the form 'new Struct[n];', the initializer is a
4039 // CXXConstructExpr and its type is an IncompleteArrayType.
4040 // 2) For the form 'new Struct[n]{1,2,3}', the initializer is an
4041 // InitListExpr and the initializer for the remaining elements
4042 // is the array filler.
4043 // 3) StringLiterals don't have an array filler, so we need to zero
4044 // the remaining elements.
4045
4046 if (DynamicInit || ElemT || InitType->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4047 const Function *CtorFunc = nullptr;
4048 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
4049 CtorFunc = getFunction(CE->getConstructor());
4050 if (!CtorFunc)
4051 return false;
4052 } else if (!DynamicInit && !ElemT)
4053 DynamicInit = Init;
4054
4055 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
4056 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
4057
4058 // In the nothrow case, the alloc above might have returned nullptr.
4059 // Don't call any constructors that case.
4060 if (IsNoThrow) {
4061 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
4062 return false;
4063 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, E))
4064 return false;
4065 if (!this->emitEQPtr(E))
4066 return false;
4067 if (!this->jumpTrue(EndLabel, E))
4068 return false;
4069 }
4070
4071 // Create loop variables.
4072 unsigned Iter =
4073 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
4074 if (!this->emitConst(StaticInitElems, SizeT, E))
4075 return false;
4076 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4077 return false;
4078
4079 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
4080 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
4081 // Condition. Iter < ArrayLen?
4082 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4083 return false;
4084 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4085 return false;
4086 if (!this->emitLT(SizeT, E))
4087 return false;
4088 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, E))
4089 return false;
4090
4091 // Pointer to the allocated array is already on the stack.
4092 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4093 return false;
4094 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(SizeT, E))
4095 return false;
4096
4097 if (isa_and_nonnull<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(DynamicInit) &&
4098 DynamicInit->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4099 QualType ElemType =
4100 DynamicInit->getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4101 PrimType InitT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4102 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(InitT, ElemType, E))
4103 return false;
4104 if (!this->emitStorePop(InitT, E))
4105 return false;
4106 } else if (DynamicInit) {
4107 if (OptPrimType InitT = classify(DynamicInit)) {
4108 if (!this->visit(DynamicInit))
4109 return false;
4110 if (!this->emitStorePop(*InitT, E))
4111 return false;
4112 } else {
4113 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(DynamicInit))
4114 return false;
4115 }
4116 } else if (ElemT) {
4117 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(
4118 *ElemT, InitType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(),
4119 Init))
4120 return false;
4121 if (!this->emitStorePop(*ElemT, E))
4122 return false;
4123 } else {
4124 assert(CtorFunc);
4125 if (!this->emitCall(CtorFunc, 0, E))
4126 return false;
4127 }
4128
4129 // ++Iter;
4130 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Iter, E))
4131 return false;
4132 if (!this->emitIncPop(SizeT, false, E))
4133 return false;
4134
4135 if (!this->jump(StartLabel, E))
4136 return false;
4137
4138 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
4139 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
4140 }
4141 }
4142 } else { // Non-array.
4143 if (PlacementDest) {
4144 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
4145 return false;
4146 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatch(E, E))
4147 return false;
4148
4149 } else {
4150 // Allocate just one element.
4151 if (!this->emitAlloc(Desc, E))
4152 return false;
4153 }
4154
4155 if (Init) {
4156 if (ElemT) {
4157 if (!this->visit(Init))
4158 return false;
4159
4160 if (!this->emitInit(*ElemT, E))
4161 return false;
4162 } else {
4163 // Composite.
4164 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4165 return false;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 if (DiscardResult)
4171 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4172
4173 return true;
4174}
4175
4176template <class Emitter>
4178 if (E->containsErrors())
4179 return false;
4180 const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
4181
4182 if (!OperatorDelete->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
4183 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
4184
4185 // Arg must be an lvalue.
4186 if (!this->visit(E->getArgument()))
4187 return false;
4188
4189 return this->emitFree(E->isArrayForm(), E->isGlobalDelete(), E);
4190}
4191
4192template <class Emitter>
4194 if (DiscardResult)
4195 return true;
4196
4197 const Function *Func = nullptr;
4198 if (const Function *F = Ctx.getOrCreateObjCBlock(E))
4199 Func = F;
4200
4201 if (!Func)
4202 return false;
4203 return this->emitGetFnPtr(Func, E);
4204}
4205
4206template <class Emitter>
4208 const Type *TypeInfoType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
4209
4210 auto canonType = [](const Type *T) {
4211 return T->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified().getTypePtr();
4212 };
4213
4214 if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
4215 if (DiscardResult)
4216 return true;
4217
4218 if (E->isTypeOperand())
4219 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4220 canonType(E->getTypeOperand(Ctx.getASTContext()).getTypePtr()),
4221 TypeInfoType, E);
4222
4223 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4224 canonType(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr()), TypeInfoType,
4225 E);
4226 }
4227
4228 // Otherwise, we need to evaluate the expression operand.
4229 assert(E->getExprOperand());
4230 assert(E->getExprOperand()->isLValue());
4231
4232 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && !this->emitDiagTypeid(E))
4233 return false;
4234
4235 if (!this->visit(E->getExprOperand()))
4236 return false;
4237
4238 if (!this->emitGetTypeidPtr(TypeInfoType, E))
4239 return false;
4240 if (DiscardResult)
4241 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4242 return true;
4243}
4244
4245template <class Emitter>
4247 const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E) {
4249 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4250 return this->emitError(E);
4251}
4252
4253template <class Emitter>
4256 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4257 return this->emitError(E);
4258}
4259
4260template <class Emitter>
4262 assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
4263 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
4264}
4265
4266template <class Emitter>
4268 if (DiscardResult)
4269 return true;
4270 assert(!Initializing);
4271
4272 const MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl = E->getGuidDecl();
4273 const RecordDecl *RD = GuidDecl->getType()->getAsRecordDecl();
4274 assert(RD);
4275 // If the definiton of the result type is incomplete, just return a dummy.
4276 // If (and when) that is read from, we will fail, but not now.
4277 if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition())
4278 return this->emitDummyPtr(GuidDecl, E);
4279
4280 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(GuidDecl);
4281 if (!GlobalIndex)
4282 return false;
4283 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
4284 return false;
4285
4286 assert(this->getRecord(E->getType()));
4287
4288 const APValue &V = GuidDecl->getAsAPValue();
4289 if (V.getKind() == APValue::None)
4290 return true;
4291
4292 assert(V.isStruct());
4293 assert(V.getStructNumBases() == 0);
4294 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(V, E, E->getType()))
4295 return false;
4296
4297 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
4298}
4299
4300template <class Emitter>
4302 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4303 if (E->isValueDependent())
4304 return false;
4305 if (DiscardResult)
4306 return true;
4307 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4308}
4309
4310template <class Emitter>
4312 const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
4313 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4314 if (DiscardResult)
4315 return true;
4316 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4317}
4318
4319template <class Emitter>
4324
4325template <class Emitter>
4327
4328 for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
4329 if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
4330 if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
4331 return false;
4332
4333 if (OVE->isUnique())
4334 continue;
4335
4336 if (!this->discard(OVE))
4337 return false;
4338 } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
4339 if (!this->delegate(SemE))
4340 return false;
4341 } else {
4342 if (!this->discard(SemE))
4343 return false;
4344 }
4345 }
4346 return true;
4347}
4348
4349template <class Emitter>
4353
4354template <class Emitter>
4356 return this->emitError(E);
4357}
4358
4359template <class Emitter>
4361 assert(E->getType()->isVoidPointerType());
4362 if (DiscardResult)
4363 return true;
4364
4365 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4366}
4367
4368template <class Emitter>
4370 assert(Initializing);
4371 const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4372 QualType ElemType = VT->getElementType();
4373 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4374 const Expr *Src = E->getSrcExpr();
4375 QualType SrcType = Src->getType();
4376 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SrcType);
4377
4378 unsigned SrcOffset =
4379 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Src, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4380 if (!this->visit(Src))
4381 return false;
4382 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4383 return false;
4384
4385 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
4386 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4387 return false;
4388 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SrcElemT, I, E))
4389 return false;
4390
4391 // Cast to the desired result element type.
4392 if (SrcElemT != ElemT) {
4393 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcElemT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
4394 return false;
4395 } else if (ElemType->isFloatingType() && SrcType != ElemType) {
4396 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ElemType);
4397 if (!this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E))
4398 return false;
4399 }
4400 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4401 return false;
4402 }
4403
4404 return true;
4405}
4406
4407template <class Emitter>
4409 // FIXME: Unary shuffle with mask not currently supported.
4410 if (E->getNumSubExprs() == 2)
4411 return this->emitInvalid(E);
4412
4413 assert(E->getNumSubExprs() > 2);
4414
4415 const Expr *Vecs[] = {E->getExpr(0), E->getExpr(1)};
4416 const VectorType *VT = Vecs[0]->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4417 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(VT->getElementType());
4418 unsigned NumInputElems = VT->getNumElements();
4419 unsigned NumOutputElems = E->getNumSubExprs() - 2;
4420 assert(NumOutputElems > 0);
4421
4422 if (!Initializing) {
4423 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4424 if (!LocalIndex)
4425 return false;
4426 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4427 return false;
4428 }
4429
4430 // Save both input vectors to a local variable.
4431 unsigned VectorOffsets[2];
4432 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
4433 VectorOffsets[I] =
4434 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Vecs[I], PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4435 if (!this->visit(Vecs[I]))
4436 return false;
4437 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, VectorOffsets[I], E))
4438 return false;
4439 }
4440 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumOutputElems; ++I) {
4441 APSInt ShuffleIndex = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(I);
4442 assert(ShuffleIndex >= -1);
4443 if (ShuffleIndex == -1)
4444 return this->emitInvalidShuffleVectorIndex(I, E);
4445
4446 assert(ShuffleIndex < (NumInputElems * 2));
4447 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr,
4448 VectorOffsets[ShuffleIndex >= NumInputElems], E))
4449 return false;
4450 unsigned InputVectorIndex = ShuffleIndex.getZExtValue() % NumInputElems;
4451 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, InputVectorIndex, E))
4452 return false;
4453
4454 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4455 return false;
4456 }
4457
4458 if (DiscardResult)
4459 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4460
4461 return true;
4462}
4463
4464template <class Emitter>
4466 const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
4467 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
4468 assert(
4469 Base->getType()->isVectorType() ||
4470 Base->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVectorType());
4471
4473 E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
4474
4475 if (Indices.size() == 1) {
4476 if (!this->visit(Base))
4477 return false;
4478
4479 if (E->isGLValue()) {
4480 if (!this->emitConstUint32(Indices[0], E))
4481 return false;
4482 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint32, E);
4483 }
4484 // Else, also load the value.
4485 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Indices[0], E);
4486 }
4487
4488 // Create a local variable for the base.
4489 unsigned BaseOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(Base, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4490 if (!this->visit(Base))
4491 return false;
4492 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4493 return false;
4494
4495 // Now the vector variable for the return value.
4496 if (!Initializing) {
4497 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4498 if (!ResultIndex)
4499 return false;
4500 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
4501 return false;
4502 }
4503
4504 assert(Indices.size() == E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
4505
4506 PrimType ElemT =
4508 uint32_t DstIndex = 0;
4509 for (uint32_t I : Indices) {
4510 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4511 return false;
4512 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
4513 return false;
4514 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, DstIndex, E))
4515 return false;
4516 ++DstIndex;
4517 }
4518
4519 // Leave the result pointer on the stack.
4520 assert(!DiscardResult);
4521 return true;
4522}
4523
4524template <class Emitter>
4526 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4528 return this->discard(SubExpr) && this->emitInvalid(E);
4529
4530 if (DiscardResult)
4531 return true;
4532
4533 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
4534 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4535}
4536
4537template <class Emitter>
4539 const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
4540 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4542 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
4543 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
4544 assert(Initializing);
4545 assert(SubExpr->isGLValue());
4546
4547 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
4548 return false;
4549 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, E))
4550 return false;
4551 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E))
4552 return false;
4553 if (!this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4554 return false;
4555
4556 PrimType SecondFieldT = classifyPrim(R->getField(1u)->Decl->getType());
4557 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(SecondFieldT)) {
4558 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), SecondFieldT, E))
4559 return false;
4560 return this->emitInitField(SecondFieldT, R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4561 }
4562 assert(SecondFieldT == PT_Ptr);
4563
4564 if (!this->emitGetFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4565 return false;
4566 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
4567 return false;
4568 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), PT_Uint64, E))
4569 return false;
4570 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
4571 return false;
4572 return this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4573}
4574
4575template <class Emitter>
4577 LocalScope<Emitter> BS(this);
4578 StmtExprScope<Emitter> SS(this);
4579
4580 const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
4581 const Stmt *Result = CS->body_back();
4582 for (const Stmt *S : CS->body()) {
4583 if (S != Result) {
4584 if (!this->visitStmt(S))
4585 return false;
4586 continue;
4587 }
4588
4589 assert(S == Result);
4590 if (const Expr *ResultExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
4591 return this->delegate(ResultExpr);
4592 return this->emitUnsupported(E);
4593 }
4594
4595 return BS.destroyLocals();
4596}
4597
4598template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::discard(const Expr *E) {
4599 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/true,
4600 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4601 return this->Visit(E);
4602}
4603
4604template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::delegate(const Expr *E) {
4605 // We're basically doing:
4606 // OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, DicardResult, Initializing, ToLValue);
4607 // but that's unnecessary of course.
4608 return this->Visit(E);
4609}
4610
4612 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4613 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4614
4615 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4616 CE &&
4617 (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase || CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4618 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4619
4620 return E;
4621}
4622
4623static const Expr *stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E) {
4624 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4625 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4626
4627 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4628 CE && (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
4629 CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase ||
4630 CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4631 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4632
4633 return E;
4634}
4635
4636template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visit(const Expr *E) {
4637 if (E->getType().isNull())
4638 return false;
4639
4640 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
4641 return this->discard(E);
4642
4643 // Create local variable to hold the return value.
4644 if (!E->isGLValue() && !canClassify(E->getType())) {
4645 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(
4647 if (!LocalIndex)
4648 return false;
4649
4650 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4651 return false;
4652 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
4653 return this->visitInitializer(E);
4654 }
4655
4656 // Otherwise,we have a primitive return value, produce the value directly
4657 // and push it on the stack.
4658 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4659 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4660 return this->Visit(E);
4661}
4662
4663template <class Emitter>
4665 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4666
4667 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4668 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4669 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInit(E);
4670}
4671
4672template <class Emitter>
4674 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4675
4676 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4677 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4678 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInitPop(E);
4679}
4680
4681template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAsLValue(const Expr *E) {
4682 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4683 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
4684 return this->Visit(E);
4685}
4686
4687template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitBool(const Expr *E) {
4688 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4689 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4690
4691 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
4692 if (!T) {
4693 // Convert complex values to bool.
4694 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
4695 if (!this->visit(E))
4696 return false;
4697 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(E);
4698 }
4699 return false;
4700 }
4701
4702 if (!this->visit(E))
4703 return false;
4704
4705 if (T == PT_Bool)
4706 return true;
4707
4708 // Convert pointers to bool.
4709 if (T == PT_Ptr)
4710 return this->emitIsNonNullPtr(E);
4711
4712 // Or Floats.
4713 if (T == PT_Float)
4714 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
4715
4716 // Or anything else we can.
4717 return this->emitCast(*T, PT_Bool, E);
4718}
4719
4720template <class Emitter>
4721bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroInitializer(PrimType T, QualType QT,
4722 const Expr *E) {
4723 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
4724 QT = AT->getValueType();
4725
4726 switch (T) {
4727 case PT_Bool:
4728 return this->emitZeroBool(E);
4729 case PT_Sint8:
4730 return this->emitZeroSint8(E);
4731 case PT_Uint8:
4732 return this->emitZeroUint8(E);
4733 case PT_Sint16:
4734 return this->emitZeroSint16(E);
4735 case PT_Uint16:
4736 return this->emitZeroUint16(E);
4737 case PT_Sint32:
4738 return this->emitZeroSint32(E);
4739 case PT_Uint32:
4740 return this->emitZeroUint32(E);
4741 case PT_Sint64:
4742 return this->emitZeroSint64(E);
4743 case PT_Uint64:
4744 return this->emitZeroUint64(E);
4745 case PT_IntAP:
4746 return this->emitZeroIntAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4747 case PT_IntAPS:
4748 return this->emitZeroIntAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4749 case PT_Ptr:
4750 return this->emitNullPtr(Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(QT),
4751 nullptr, E);
4752 case PT_MemberPtr:
4753 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
4754 case PT_Float: {
4755 APFloat F = APFloat::getZero(Ctx.getFloatSemantics(QT));
4756 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
4757 }
4758 case PT_FixedPoint: {
4759 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
4760 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint::zero(Sem), E);
4761 }
4762 }
4763 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4764}
4765
4766template <class Emitter>
4767bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroRecordInitializer(const Record *R,
4768 const Expr *E) {
4769 assert(E);
4770 assert(R);
4771 // Fields
4772 for (const Record::Field &Field : R->fields()) {
4773 if (Field.isUnnamedBitField())
4774 continue;
4775
4776 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
4777 if (D->isPrimitive()) {
4778 QualType QT = D->getType();
4779 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4780 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, QT, E))
4781 return false;
4782 if (R->isUnion()) {
4783 if (!this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, Field.Offset, E))
4784 return false;
4785 break;
4786 }
4787 if (!this->emitInitField(T, Field.Offset, E))
4788 return false;
4789 continue;
4790 }
4791
4792 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, E))
4793 return false;
4794
4795 if (D->isPrimitiveArray()) {
4796 QualType ET = D->getElemQualType();
4797 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4798 for (uint32_t I = 0, N = D->getNumElems(); I != N; ++I) {
4799 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, ET, E))
4800 return false;
4801 if (!this->emitInitElem(T, I, E))
4802 return false;
4803 }
4804 } else if (D->isCompositeArray()) {
4805 // Can't be a vector or complex field.
4806 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(D->getType(), E))
4807 return false;
4808 } else if (D->isRecord()) {
4809 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(D->ElemRecord, E))
4810 return false;
4811 } else
4812 return false;
4813
4814 // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
4815 // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
4816 if (R->isUnion()) {
4817 if (!this->emitFinishInitActivatePop(E))
4818 return false;
4819 break;
4820 }
4821 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4822 return false;
4823 }
4824
4825 for (const Record::Base &B : R->bases()) {
4826 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B.Offset, E))
4827 return false;
4828 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(B.R, E))
4829 return false;
4830 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4831 return false;
4832 }
4833
4834 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
4835
4836 return true;
4837}
4838
4839template <class Emitter>
4840bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroArrayInitializer(QualType T, const Expr *E) {
4841 assert(T->isArrayType() || T->isAnyComplexType() || T->isVectorType());
4842 const ArrayType *AT = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
4843 QualType ElemType = AT->getElementType();
4844 size_t NumElems = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)->getZExtSize();
4845
4846 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
4847 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4848 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(*ElemT, ElemType, E))
4849 return false;
4850 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
4851 return false;
4852 }
4853 return true;
4854 }
4855 if (ElemType->isRecordType()) {
4856 const Record *R = getRecord(ElemType);
4857 if (!R)
4858 return false;
4859
4860 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4861 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4862 return false;
4863 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4864 return false;
4865 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
4866 return false;
4867 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4868 return false;
4869 }
4870 return true;
4871 }
4872 if (ElemType->isArrayType()) {
4873 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4874 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4875 return false;
4876 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4877 return false;
4878 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(ElemType, E))
4879 return false;
4880 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4881 return false;
4882 }
4883 return true;
4884 }
4885
4886 return false;
4887}
4888
4889template <class Emitter>
4890bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAssignment(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
4891 const Expr *E) {
4892 if (!canClassify(E->getType()))
4893 return false;
4894
4895 if (!this->visit(RHS))
4896 return false;
4897 if (!this->visit(LHS))
4898 return false;
4899
4900 if (LHS->getType().isVolatileQualified())
4901 return this->emitInvalidStore(LHS->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
4902
4903 // We don't support assignments in C.
4904 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !this->emitInvalid(E))
4905 return false;
4906
4907 PrimType RHT = classifyPrim(RHS);
4908 bool Activates = refersToUnion(LHS);
4909 bool BitField = LHS->refersToBitField();
4910
4911 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, RHT, E))
4912 return false;
4913
4914 if (DiscardResult) {
4915 if (BitField && Activates)
4916 return this->emitStoreBitFieldActivatePop(RHT, E);
4917 if (BitField)
4918 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(RHT, E);
4919 if (Activates)
4920 return this->emitStoreActivatePop(RHT, E);
4921 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4922 return this->emitStorePop(RHT, E);
4923 }
4924
4925 auto maybeLoad = [&](bool Result) -> bool {
4926 if (!Result)
4927 return false;
4928 // Assignments aren't necessarily lvalues in C.
4929 // Load from them in that case.
4930 if (!E->isLValue())
4931 return this->emitLoadPop(RHT, E);
4932 return true;
4933 };
4934
4935 if (BitField && Activates)
4936 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitFieldActivate(RHT, E));
4937 if (BitField)
4938 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitField(RHT, E));
4939 if (Activates)
4940 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreActivate(RHT, E));
4941 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4942 return maybeLoad(this->emitStore(RHT, E));
4943}
4944
4945template <class Emitter>
4946template <typename T>
4947bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, PrimType Ty, const Expr *E) {
4948 switch (Ty) {
4949 case PT_Sint8:
4950 return this->emitConstSint8(Value, E);
4951 case PT_Uint8:
4952 return this->emitConstUint8(Value, E);
4953 case PT_Sint16:
4954 return this->emitConstSint16(Value, E);
4955 case PT_Uint16:
4956 return this->emitConstUint16(Value, E);
4957 case PT_Sint32:
4958 return this->emitConstSint32(Value, E);
4959 case PT_Uint32:
4960 return this->emitConstUint32(Value, E);
4961 case PT_Sint64:
4962 return this->emitConstSint64(Value, E);
4963 case PT_Uint64:
4964 return this->emitConstUint64(Value, E);
4965 case PT_Bool:
4966 return this->emitConstBool(Value, E);
4967 case PT_Ptr:
4968 case PT_MemberPtr:
4969 case PT_Float:
4970 case PT_IntAP:
4971 case PT_IntAPS:
4972 case PT_FixedPoint:
4973 llvm_unreachable("Invalid integral type");
4974 break;
4975 }
4976 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4977}
4978
4979template <class Emitter>
4980template <typename T>
4981bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, const Expr *E) {
4982 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
4983}
4984
4985template <class Emitter>
4986bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
4987 const Expr *E) {
4988 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
4989 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
4990 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
4991 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
4992
4993 if (Value.isSigned())
4994 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
4995 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
4996}
4997
4998template <class Emitter>
4999bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
5000 const Expr *E) {
5001 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
5002 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
5003 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
5004 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
5005
5006 if (isSignedType(Ty))
5007 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
5008 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
5009}
5010
5011template <class Emitter>
5012bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E) {
5013 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
5014}
5015
5016template <class Emitter>
5018 bool IsConst,
5019 bool IsVolatile,
5020 ScopeKind SC) {
5021 // FIXME: There are cases where Src.is<Expr*>() is wrong, e.g.
5022 // (int){12} in C. Consider using Expr::isTemporaryObject() instead
5023 // or isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>().
5024 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(Src, Ty, nullptr, Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
5025 IsConst, isa<const Expr *>(Src),
5026 /*IsMutable=*/false, IsVolatile);
5028 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5029 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()))
5030 Locals.insert({VD, Local});
5031 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5032 return Local.Offset;
5033}
5034
5035template <class Emitter>
5037 ScopeKind SC) {
5038 const ValueDecl *Key = nullptr;
5039 const Expr *Init = nullptr;
5040 bool IsTemporary = false;
5041 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())) {
5042 Key = VD;
5043
5044 if (const auto *VarD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
5045 Init = VarD->getInit();
5046 }
5047 if (auto *E = Src.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
5048 IsTemporary = true;
5049 if (Ty.isNull())
5050 Ty = E->getType();
5051 }
5052
5053 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5055 IsTemporary, /*IsMutable=*/false, /*IsVolatile=*/Ty.isVolatileQualified(),
5056 Init);
5057 if (!D)
5058 return std::nullopt;
5060
5061 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5062 if (Key)
5063 Locals.insert({Key, Local});
5064 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5065 return Local.Offset;
5066}
5067
5068template <class Emitter>
5070 QualType Ty = E->getType();
5071 assert(!Ty->isRecordType());
5072
5073 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5075 /*IsTemporary=*/true);
5076
5077 if (!D)
5078 return std::nullopt;
5079
5080 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5082 assert(S);
5083 // Attach to topmost scope.
5084 while (S->getParent())
5085 S = S->getParent();
5086 assert(S && !S->getParent());
5087 S->addLocal(Local);
5088 return Local.Offset;
5089}
5090
5091template <class Emitter>
5093 if (const PointerType *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
5094 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5095 return Ty->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5096}
5097
5098template <class Emitter> Record *Compiler<Emitter>::getRecord(QualType Ty) {
5099 if (const auto *RecordTy = getRecordTy(Ty))
5100 return getRecord(RecordTy->getDecl()->getDefinitionOrSelf());
5101 return nullptr;
5102}
5103
5104template <class Emitter>
5106 return P.getOrCreateRecord(RD);
5107}
5108
5109template <class Emitter>
5111 return Ctx.getOrCreateFunction(FD);
5112}
5113
5114template <class Emitter>
5115bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5117
5118 auto maybeDestroyLocals = [&]() -> bool {
5119 if (DestroyToplevelScope)
5120 return RootScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5121 return this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5122 };
5123
5124 // Void expressions.
5125 if (E->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5126 if (!visit(E))
5127 return false;
5128 return this->emitRetVoid(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5129 }
5130
5131 // Expressions with a primitive return type.
5132 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
5133 if (!visit(E))
5134 return false;
5135
5136 return this->emitRet(*T, E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5137 }
5138
5139 // Expressions with a composite return type.
5140 // For us, that means everything we don't
5141 // have a PrimType for.
5142 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalOffset = this->allocateLocal(E)) {
5143 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalOffset));
5144 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalOffset, E))
5145 return false;
5146
5147 if (!visitInitializer(E))
5148 return false;
5149 // We are destroying the locals AFTER the Ret op.
5150 // The Ret op needs to copy the (alive) values, but the
5151 // destructors may still turn the entire expression invalid.
5152 return this->emitRetValue(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5153 }
5154
5155 return maybeDestroyLocals() && false;
5156}
5157
5158template <class Emitter>
5160 bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5161 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
5162 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
5163
5164 return this->visitExpr(E, DestroyToplevelScope);
5165}
5166
5167template <class Emitter>
5169
5170 auto R = this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit(), /*Toplevel=*/true);
5171
5172 if (R.notCreated())
5173 return R;
5174
5175 if (R)
5176 return true;
5177
5178 if (!R && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(VD)) {
5179 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
5180 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5181 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5182
5184 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5185 }
5186 }
5187
5188 return R;
5189}
5190
5191/// Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
5192/// We get here from evaluateAsInitializer().
5193/// We need to evaluate the initializer and return its value.
5194template <class Emitter>
5196 bool ConstantContext) {
5197 // We only create variables if we're evaluating in a constant context.
5198 // Otherwise, just evaluate the initializer and return it.
5199 if (!ConstantContext) {
5200 DeclScope<Emitter> LS(this, VD);
5201 if (!this->visit(Init))
5202 return false;
5203 return this->emitRet(classify(Init).value_or(PT_Ptr), VD) &&
5204 LS.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5205 }
5206
5207 LocalScope<Emitter> VDScope(this);
5208 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, Init, /*Toplevel=*/true))
5209 return false;
5210
5211 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5213 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5214 assert(GlobalIndex); // visitVarDecl() didn't return false.
5215 if (VarT) {
5216 if (!this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD))
5217 return false;
5218 } else {
5219 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, VD))
5220 return false;
5221 }
5222 } else {
5223 auto Local = Locals.find(VD);
5224 assert(Local != Locals.end()); // Same here.
5225 if (VarT) {
5226 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*VarT, Local->second.Offset, VD))
5227 return false;
5228 } else {
5229 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Local->second.Offset, VD))
5230 return false;
5231 }
5232 }
5233
5234 // Return the value.
5235 if (!this->emitRet(VarT.value_or(PT_Ptr), VD)) {
5236 // If the Ret above failed and this is a global variable, mark it as
5237 // uninitialized, even everything else succeeded.
5239 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5240 assert(GlobalIndex);
5241 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5242 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5243
5245 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5246 }
5247 return false;
5248 }
5249
5250 return VDScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5251}
5252
5253template <class Emitter>
5255 const Expr *Init,
5256 bool Toplevel) {
5257 QualType VarTy = VD->getType();
5258 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
5259 if (VarTy.isNull())
5260 return false;
5261
5262 // This case is EvalEmitter-only. If we won't create any instructions for the
5263 // initializer anyway, don't bother creating the variable in the first place.
5264 if (!this->isActive())
5266
5267 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5268
5269 if (Init && Init->isValueDependent())
5270 return false;
5271
5273 auto checkDecl = [&]() -> bool {
5274 bool NeedsOp = !Toplevel && VD->isLocalVarDecl() && VD->isStaticLocal();
5275 return !NeedsOp || this->emitCheckDecl(VD, VD);
5276 };
5277
5279 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5280 if (GlobalIndex) {
5281 // The global was previously created but the initializer failed.
5282 if (!P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex)->isInitialized())
5283 return false;
5284 // We've already seen and initialized this global.
5285 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
5286 return checkDecl();
5287 // The previous attempt at initialization might've been unsuccessful,
5288 // so let's try this one.
5289 } else if ((GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(VD, Init))) {
5290 } else {
5291 return false;
5292 }
5293 if (!Init)
5294 return true;
5295
5296 if (!checkDecl())
5297 return false;
5298
5299 if (VarT) {
5300 if (!this->visit(Init))
5301 return false;
5302
5303 return this->emitInitGlobal(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD);
5304 }
5305
5306 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, Init))
5307 return false;
5308
5309 if (!this->emitStartInit(Init))
5310 return false;
5311
5312 if (!visitInitializer(Init))
5313 return false;
5314
5315 if (!this->emitEndInit(Init))
5316 return false;
5317
5318 return this->emitFinishInitGlobal(Init);
5319 }
5320 // Local variables.
5322
5323 if (VarT) {
5324 unsigned Offset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(
5325 VD, *VarT, VarTy.isConstQualified(), VarTy.isVolatileQualified(),
5327
5328 if (!Init || Init->getType()->isVoidType())
5329 return true;
5330
5331 // If this is a toplevel declaration, create a scope for the
5332 // initializer.
5333 if (Toplevel) {
5335 if (!this->visit(Init))
5336 return false;
5337 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD) && Scope.destroyLocals();
5338 }
5339 if (!this->visit(Init))
5340 return false;
5341
5342 if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) {
5343 // [C++26][decl.ref]
5344 // The object designated by such a glvalue can be outside its lifetime
5345 // Because a null pointer value or a pointer past the end of an object
5346 // does not point to an object, a reference in a well-defined program
5347 // cannot refer to such things;
5348 assert(classifyPrim(VarTy) == PT_Ptr);
5349 if (!this->emitCheckRefInit(Init))
5350 return false;
5351 }
5352
5353 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD);
5354 }
5355 // Local composite variables.
5356 if (UnsignedOrNone Offset =
5357 this->allocateLocal(VD, VarTy, ScopeKind::Block)) {
5358 if (!Init)
5359 return true;
5360
5361 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*Offset, Init))
5362 return false;
5363
5364 return visitInitializerPop(Init);
5365 }
5366 return false;
5367}
5368
5369template <class Emitter>
5371 const Expr *E) {
5372 assert(!DiscardResult);
5373 if (Val.isInt())
5374 return this->emitConst(Val.getInt(), ValType, E);
5375 if (Val.isFloat()) {
5376 APFloat F = Val.getFloat();
5377 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
5378 }
5379
5380 if (Val.isMemberPointer()) {
5381 if (const ValueDecl *MemberDecl = Val.getMemberPointerDecl()) {
5382 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtr(MemberDecl, E))
5383 return false;
5384
5385 bool IsDerived = Val.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember();
5386 // Apply the member pointer path.
5387 for (const CXXRecordDecl *PathEntry : Val.getMemberPointerPath()) {
5388 if (!this->emitCopyMemberPtrPath(PathEntry, IsDerived, E))
5389 return false;
5390 }
5391
5392 return true;
5393 }
5394 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
5395 }
5396
5397 if (Val.isLValue()) {
5398 if (Val.isNullPointer())
5399 return this->emitNull(ValType, 0, nullptr, E);
5400
5403
5404 if (const Expr *BaseExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
5405 return this->visit(BaseExpr);
5406 if (const auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
5407 if (!this->visitDeclRef(VD, E))
5408 return false;
5409
5410 QualType EntryType = VD->getType();
5411 for (auto &Entry : Path) {
5412 if (EntryType->isArrayType()) {
5413 uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
5414 QualType ElemType =
5415 EntryType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5416 if (!this->emitConst(Index, PT_Uint64, E))
5417 return false;
5418 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
5419 return false;
5420 EntryType = ElemType;
5421 } else {
5422 assert(EntryType->isRecordType());
5423 const Record *EntryRecord = getRecord(EntryType);
5424 if (!EntryRecord) {
5425 assert(false);
5426
5427 return false;
5428 }
5429
5430 const Decl *BaseOrMember = Entry.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
5431 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(BaseOrMember)) {
5432 unsigned EntryOffset = EntryRecord->getField(FD)->Offset;
5433 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(EntryOffset, E))
5434 return false;
5435 EntryType = FD->getType();
5436 } else {
5437 const auto *Base = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseOrMember);
5438 unsigned BaseOffset = EntryRecord->getBase(Base)->Offset;
5439 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(BaseOffset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
5440 return false;
5441 EntryType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(Base);
5442 }
5443 }
5444 }
5445
5446 return true;
5447 }
5448 }
5449
5450 return false;
5451}
5452
5453template <class Emitter>
5455 const Expr *E, QualType T) {
5456 if (Val.isStruct()) {
5457 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5458 assert(R);
5459 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
5460 const APValue &F = Val.getStructField(I);
5461 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(I);
5462 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5463
5464 // Fields.
5465 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5466 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5467 return false;
5468 if (!this->emitInitField(*PT, RF->Offset, E))
5469 return false;
5470 } else {
5471 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5472 return false;
5473 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5474 return false;
5475 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5476 return false;
5477 }
5478 }
5479
5480 // Bases.
5481 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumBases(); I != N; ++I) {
5482 const APValue &B = Val.getStructBase(I);
5483 const Record::Base *RB = R->getBase(I);
5484 QualType BaseType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(RB->Decl);
5485
5486 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(RB->Offset, E))
5487 return false;
5488 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(B, E, BaseType))
5489 return false;
5490 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5491 return false;
5492 }
5493
5494 return true;
5495 }
5496 if (Val.isUnion()) {
5497 const FieldDecl *UnionField = Val.getUnionField();
5498 if (!UnionField)
5499 return true;
5500 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5501 assert(R);
5502 const APValue &F = Val.getUnionValue();
5503 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
5504 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5505
5506 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5507 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5508 return false;
5509 if (RF->isBitField())
5510 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
5511 E);
5512 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
5513 }
5514
5515 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5516 return false;
5517 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
5518 return false;
5519 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5520 return false;
5521 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
5522 }
5523 if (Val.isArray()) {
5524 const auto *ArrType = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
5525 QualType ElemType = ArrType->getElementType();
5526 for (unsigned A = 0, AN = Val.getArraySize(); A != AN; ++A) {
5527 const APValue &Elem = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(A);
5528 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
5529 if (!this->visitAPValue(Elem, *ElemT, E))
5530 return false;
5531 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, A, E))
5532 return false;
5533 } else {
5534 if (!this->emitConstUint32(A, E))
5535 return false;
5536 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
5537 return false;
5538 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(Elem, E, ElemType))
5539 return false;
5540 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
5541 return false;
5542 }
5543 }
5544 return true;
5545 }
5546 // TODO: Other types.
5547
5548 return false;
5549}
5550
5551template <class Emitter>
5553 unsigned BuiltinID) {
5554 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
5555 // Void argument is always invalid and harder to handle later.
5556 if (E->getArg(0)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5557 if (DiscardResult)
5558 return true;
5559 return this->emitConst(0, E);
5560 }
5561
5562 if (!this->emitStartSpeculation(E))
5563 return false;
5564 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
5565 if (!this->speculate(E, EndLabel))
5566 return false;
5567 if (!this->emitEndSpeculation(E))
5568 return false;
5569 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
5570 if (DiscardResult)
5571 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
5572 return true;
5573 }
5574
5575 // For these, we're expected to ultimately return an APValue pointing
5576 // to the CallExpr. This is needed to get the correct codegen.
5577 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
5578 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString ||
5579 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant ||
5580 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start) {
5581 if (DiscardResult)
5582 return true;
5583 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
5584 }
5585
5587 OptPrimType ReturnT = classify(E);
5588
5589 // Non-primitive return type. Prepare storage.
5590 if (!Initializing && !ReturnT && !ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
5591 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
5592 if (!LocalIndex)
5593 return false;
5594 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5595 return false;
5596 }
5597
5598 // Prepare function arguments including special cases.
5599 switch (BuiltinID) {
5600 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
5601 case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size: {
5602 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5603 const Expr *Arg0 = E->getArg(0);
5604 if (Arg0->isGLValue()) {
5605 if (!this->visit(Arg0))
5606 return false;
5607
5608 } else {
5609 if (!this->visitAsLValue(Arg0))
5610 return false;
5611 }
5612 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(1)))
5613 return false;
5614
5615 } break;
5616 case Builtin::BI__assume:
5617 case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
5618 // Argument is not evaluated.
5619 break;
5620 case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
5621 case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free: {
5622 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5623 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(0)))
5624 return false;
5625 if (!this->visitAsLValue(E->getArg(1)))
5626 return false;
5627 } break;
5628
5629 default:
5630 if (!Context::isUnevaluatedBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
5631 // Put arguments on the stack.
5632 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
5633 if (!this->visit(Arg))
5634 return false;
5635 }
5636 }
5637 }
5638
5639 if (!this->emitCallBI(E, BuiltinID, E))
5640 return false;
5641
5642 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType())
5643 return this->emitPop(ReturnT.value_or(PT_Ptr), E);
5644
5645 return true;
5646}
5647
5648template <class Emitter>
5650 if (E->containsErrors())
5651 return false;
5652 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl = E->getDirectCallee();
5653
5654 if (FuncDecl) {
5655 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FuncDecl->getBuiltinID())
5656 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinID);
5657
5658 // Calls to replaceable operator new/operator delete.
5660 if (FuncDecl->getDeclName().isAnyOperatorNew())
5661 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new);
5662 assert(FuncDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete);
5663 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete);
5664 }
5665
5666 // Explicit calls to trivial destructors
5667 if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FuncDecl);
5668 DD && DD->isTrivial()) {
5669 const auto *MemberCall = cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E);
5670 if (!this->visit(MemberCall->getImplicitObjectArgument()))
5671 return false;
5672 return this->emitCheckDestruction(E) && this->emitEndLifetime(E) &&
5673 this->emitPopPtr(E);
5674 }
5675 }
5676
5677 LocalScope<Emitter> CallScope(this, ScopeKind::Call);
5678
5679 QualType ReturnType = E->getCallReturnType(Ctx.getASTContext());
5681 bool HasRVO = !ReturnType->isVoidType() && !T;
5682
5683 if (HasRVO) {
5684 if (DiscardResult) {
5685 // If we need to discard the return value but the function returns its
5686 // value via an RVO pointer, we need to create one such pointer just
5687 // for this call.
5688 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5689 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5690 return false;
5691 }
5692 } else {
5693 // We need the result. Prepare a pointer to return or
5694 // dup the current one.
5695 if (!Initializing) {
5696 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5697 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5698 return false;
5699 }
5700 }
5701 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
5702 return false;
5703 }
5704 }
5705
5707
5708 bool IsAssignmentOperatorCall = false;
5709 bool ActivateLHS = false;
5710 if (const auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5711 OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
5712 // Just like with regular assignments, we need to special-case assignment
5713 // operators here and evaluate the RHS (the second arg) before the LHS (the
5714 // first arg). We fix this by using a Flip op later.
5715 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5716 const CXXRecordDecl *LHSRecord = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5717 ActivateLHS = LHSRecord && LHSRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
5718 IsAssignmentOperatorCall = true;
5719 std::reverse(Args.begin(), Args.end());
5720 }
5721 // Calling a static operator will still
5722 // pass the instance, but we don't need it.
5723 // Discard it here.
5724 if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
5725 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl);
5726 MD && MD->isStatic()) {
5727 if (!this->discard(E->getArg(0)))
5728 return false;
5729 // Drop first arg.
5730 Args.erase(Args.begin());
5731 }
5732 }
5733
5734 bool Devirtualized = false;
5735 UnsignedOrNone CalleeOffset = std::nullopt;
5736 // Add the (optional, implicit) This pointer.
5737 if (const auto *MC = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) {
5738 if (!FuncDecl && classifyPrim(E->getCallee()) == PT_MemberPtr) {
5739 // If we end up creating a CallPtr op for this, we need the base of the
5740 // member pointer as the instance pointer, and later extract the function
5741 // decl as the function pointer.
5742 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5743 CalleeOffset =
5744 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_MemberPtr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5745 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5746 return false;
5747 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5748 return false;
5749 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5750 return false;
5751 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrBase(E))
5752 return false;
5753 } else {
5754 const auto *InstancePtr = MC->getImplicitObjectArgument();
5755 if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXDestructorDecl>(CompilingFunction) ||
5756 isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction)) {
5757 const auto *Stripped = stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(InstancePtr);
5758 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(Stripped)) {
5759 FuncDecl =
5760 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl)->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(
5761 Stripped->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
5762 Devirtualized = true;
5763 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
5764 return false;
5765 } else {
5766 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5767 return false;
5768 }
5769 } else {
5770 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5771 return false;
5772 }
5773 }
5774 } else if (const auto *PD =
5775 dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E->getCallee())) {
5776 if (!this->emitCheckPseudoDtor(E))
5777 return false;
5778 const Expr *Base = PD->getBase();
5779 // E.g. `using T = int; 0.~T();`.
5780 if (OptPrimType BaseT = classify(Base); !BaseT || BaseT != PT_Ptr)
5781 return this->discard(Base);
5782 if (!this->visit(Base))
5783 return false;
5784 return this->emitEndLifetimePop(E);
5785 } else if (!FuncDecl) {
5786 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5787 CalleeOffset =
5788 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5789 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5790 return false;
5791 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5792 return false;
5793 }
5794
5795 if (!this->visitCallArgs(Args, FuncDecl, ActivateLHS,
5797 return false;
5798
5799 // Undo the argument reversal we did earlier.
5800 if (IsAssignmentOperatorCall) {
5801 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5802 PrimType Arg1T = classify(Args[0]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5803 PrimType Arg2T = classify(Args[1]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5804 if (!this->emitFlip(Arg2T, Arg1T, E))
5805 return false;
5806 }
5807
5808 if (FuncDecl) {
5809 const Function *Func = getFunction(FuncDecl);
5810 if (!Func)
5811 return false;
5812
5813 // In error cases, the function may be called with fewer arguments than
5814 // parameters.
5815 if (E->getNumArgs() < Func->getNumWrittenParams())
5816 return false;
5817
5818 assert(HasRVO == Func->hasRVO());
5819
5820 bool HasQualifier = false;
5821 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E->getCallee()))
5822 HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
5823
5824 bool IsVirtual = false;
5825 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
5826 IsVirtual = !Devirtualized && MD->isVirtual();
5827
5828 // In any case call the function. The return value will end up on the stack
5829 // and if the function has RVO, we already have the pointer on the stack to
5830 // write the result into.
5831 if (IsVirtual && !HasQualifier) {
5832 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5833 unsigned NumParams =
5834 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5835 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5836 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5837
5838 if (!this->emitCallVirt(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5839 return false;
5840 } else if (Func->isVariadic()) {
5841 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5842 unsigned NumParams =
5843 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5844 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5845 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5846 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5847 return false;
5848 } else {
5849 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E))
5850 return false;
5851 }
5852 } else {
5853 // Indirect call. Visit the callee, which will leave a FunctionPointer on
5854 // the stack. Cleanup of the returned value if necessary will be done after
5855 // the function call completed.
5856
5857 // Sum the size of all args from the call expr.
5858 uint32_t ArgSize = 0;
5859 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5860 ArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5861
5862 // Get the callee, either from a member pointer or function pointer saved in
5863 // CalleeOffset.
5864 if (isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) && CalleeOffset) {
5865 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5866 return false;
5867 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrDecl(E))
5868 return false;
5869 } else {
5870 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5871 return false;
5872 }
5873 if (!this->emitCallPtr(ArgSize, E, E))
5874 return false;
5875 }
5876
5877 // Cleanup for discarded return values.
5878 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType() && T)
5879 return this->emitPop(*T, E) && CallScope.destroyLocals();
5880
5881 return CallScope.destroyLocals();
5882}
5883
5884template <class Emitter>
5886 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5887
5888 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5889}
5890
5891template <class Emitter>
5893 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5894
5895 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5896}
5897
5898template <class Emitter>
5900 if (DiscardResult)
5901 return true;
5902
5903 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
5904}
5905
5906template <class Emitter>
5908 const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
5909 if (DiscardResult)
5910 return true;
5911
5912 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
5913 return this->emitNullPtr(Val, nullptr, E);
5914}
5915
5916template <class Emitter>
5918 if (DiscardResult)
5919 return true;
5920
5921 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
5922
5923 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
5924 return this->emitZero(T, E);
5925}
5926
5927template <class Emitter>
5929 if (DiscardResult)
5930 return true;
5931
5932 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
5933 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset > 0) {
5934 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.IsPtr)
5935 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5936 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5937 }
5938 }
5939
5940 // In some circumstances, the 'this' pointer does not actually refer to the
5941 // instance pointer of the current function frame, but e.g. to the declaration
5942 // currently being initialized. Here we emit the necessary instruction(s) for
5943 // this scenario.
5944 if (!InitStackActive || InitStack.empty())
5945 return this->emitThis(E);
5946
5947 // If our init stack is, for example:
5948 // 0 Stack: 3 (decl)
5949 // 1 Stack: 6 (init list)
5950 // 2 Stack: 1 (field)
5951 // 3 Stack: 6 (init list)
5952 // 4 Stack: 1 (field)
5953 //
5954 // We want to find the LAST element in it that's an init list,
5955 // which is marked with the K_InitList marker. The index right
5956 // before that points to an init list. We need to find the
5957 // elements before the K_InitList element that point to a base
5958 // (e.g. a decl or This), optionally followed by field, elem, etc.
5959 // In the example above, we want to emit elements [0..2].
5960 unsigned StartIndex = 0;
5961 unsigned EndIndex = 0;
5962 // Find the init list.
5963 for (StartIndex = InitStack.size() - 1; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5964 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE) {
5965 EndIndex = StartIndex;
5966 --StartIndex;
5967 break;
5968 }
5969 }
5970
5971 // Walk backwards to find the base.
5972 for (; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5973 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList)
5974 continue;
5975
5976 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Field &&
5977 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Elem &&
5978 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_DIE)
5979 break;
5980 }
5981
5982 if (StartIndex == 0 && EndIndex == 0)
5983 EndIndex = InitStack.size() - 1;
5984
5985 assert(StartIndex < EndIndex);
5986
5987 // Emit the instructions.
5988 for (unsigned I = StartIndex; I != (EndIndex + 1); ++I) {
5989 if (InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList ||
5990 InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE)
5991 continue;
5992 if (!InitStack[I].template emit<Emitter>(this, E))
5993 return false;
5994 }
5995 return true;
5996}
5997
5998template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
5999 switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
6000 case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
6002 case Stmt::DeclStmtClass:
6003 return visitDeclStmt(cast<DeclStmt>(S), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true);
6004 case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass:
6006 case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
6007 return visitIfStmt(cast<IfStmt>(S));
6008 case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
6010 case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
6011 return visitDoStmt(cast<DoStmt>(S));
6012 case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
6013 return visitForStmt(cast<ForStmt>(S));
6014 case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass:
6016 case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
6018 case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
6020 case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
6022 case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
6023 return visitCaseStmt(cast<CaseStmt>(S));
6024 case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
6026 case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
6028 case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
6030 case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
6031 return true;
6032 // Always invalid statements.
6033 case Stmt::GCCAsmStmtClass:
6034 case Stmt::MSAsmStmtClass:
6035 case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
6036 return this->emitInvalid(S);
6037 case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
6038 return this->visitStmt(cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt());
6039 default: {
6040 if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
6041 return this->discard(E);
6042 return false;
6043 }
6044 }
6045}
6046
6047template <class Emitter>
6050 for (const auto *InnerStmt : S->body())
6051 if (!visitStmt(InnerStmt))
6052 return false;
6053 return Scope.destroyLocals();
6054}
6055
6056template <class Emitter>
6057bool Compiler<Emitter>::maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(const VarDecl *VD) {
6058 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast_if_present<DecompositionDecl>(VD)) {
6059 for (auto *BD : DD->flat_bindings())
6060 if (auto *KD = BD->getHoldingVar();
6061 KD && !this->visitVarDecl(KD, KD->getInit()))
6062 return false;
6063 }
6064 return true;
6065}
6066
6068 assert(FD);
6069 assert(FD->getParent()->isUnion());
6070 const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
6072 return !CXXRD || CXXRD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
6073}
6074
6075template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::refersToUnion(const Expr *E) {
6076 for (;;) {
6077 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6078 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
6079 FD && FD->getParent()->isUnion() && hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(FD))
6080 return true;
6081 E = ME->getBase();
6082 continue;
6083 }
6084
6085 if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
6086 E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
6087 continue;
6088 }
6089
6090 if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6091 ICE && (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp ||
6092 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
6093 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)) {
6094 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6095 continue;
6096 }
6097
6098 if (const auto *This = dyn_cast<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
6099 const auto *ThisRecord =
6100 This->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsRecordDecl();
6101 if (!ThisRecord->isUnion())
6102 return false;
6103 // Otherwise, always activate if we're in the ctor.
6104 if (const auto *Ctor =
6105 dyn_cast_if_present<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction))
6106 return Ctor->getParent() == ThisRecord;
6107 return false;
6108 }
6109
6110 break;
6111 }
6112 return false;
6113}
6114
6115template <class Emitter>
6117 bool EvaluateConditionDecl) {
6118 for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
6121 continue;
6122
6123 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6124 if (!VD)
6125 return false;
6126 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit()))
6127 return false;
6128
6129 // Register decomposition decl holding vars.
6130 if (EvaluateConditionDecl && !this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(VD))
6131 return false;
6132 }
6133
6134 return true;
6135}
6136
6137template <class Emitter>
6139 if (this->InStmtExpr)
6140 return this->emitUnsupported(RS);
6141
6142 if (const Expr *RE = RS->getRetValue()) {
6143 LocalScope<Emitter> RetScope(this);
6144 if (ReturnType) {
6145 // Primitive types are simply returned.
6146 if (!this->visit(RE))
6147 return false;
6148 this->emitCleanup();
6149 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, RS);
6150 }
6151
6152 if (RE->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6153 if (!this->visit(RE))
6154 return false;
6155 } else {
6156 if (RE->containsErrors())
6157 return false;
6158
6160 // RVO - construct the value in the return location.
6161 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(RE))
6162 return false;
6163 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(RE))
6164 return false;
6165
6166 this->emitCleanup();
6167 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6168 }
6169 }
6170
6171 // Void return.
6172 this->emitCleanup();
6173 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6174}
6175
6176template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS) {
6177 LocalScope<Emitter> IfScope(this);
6178
6179 auto visitChildStmt = [&](const Stmt *S) -> bool {
6180 LocalScope<Emitter> SScope(this);
6181 if (!visitStmt(S))
6182 return false;
6183 return SScope.destroyLocals();
6184 };
6185
6186 if (auto *CondInit = IS->getInit()) {
6187 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6188 return false;
6189 }
6190
6191 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = IS->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6192 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6193 return false;
6194 }
6195
6196 // Save ourselves compiling some code and the jumps, etc. if the condition is
6197 // stataically known to be either true or false. We could look at more cases
6198 // here, but I think all the ones that actually happen are using a
6199 // ConstantExpr.
6200 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(IS->getCond())) {
6201 if (*BoolValue)
6202 return visitChildStmt(IS->getThen());
6203 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse())
6204 return visitChildStmt(Else);
6205 return true;
6206 }
6207
6208 // Otherwise, compile the condition.
6209 if (IS->isNonNegatedConsteval()) {
6210 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6211 return false;
6212 } else if (IS->isNegatedConsteval()) {
6213 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6214 return false;
6215 if (!this->emitInv(IS))
6216 return false;
6217 } else {
6219 if (!this->visitBool(IS->getCond()))
6220 return false;
6221 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6222 return false;
6223 }
6224
6225 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(IS->getConditionVariable()))
6226 return false;
6227
6228 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse()) {
6229 LabelTy LabelElse = this->getLabel();
6230 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6231 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelElse, IS))
6232 return false;
6233 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6234 return false;
6235 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, IS))
6236 return false;
6237 this->emitLabel(LabelElse);
6238 if (!visitChildStmt(Else))
6239 return false;
6240 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6241 } else {
6242 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6243 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelEnd, IS))
6244 return false;
6245 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6246 return false;
6247 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6248 }
6249
6250 if (!IfScope.destroyLocals())
6251 return false;
6252
6253 return true;
6254}
6255
6256template <class Emitter>
6258 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6259 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6260
6261 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label before the condition.
6262 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label after the loop.
6263 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6264 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6265
6266 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6267 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6268
6269 // Start of the loop body {
6270 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6271
6272 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6273 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6274 return false;
6275 }
6276
6277 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6278 return false;
6279
6280 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6281 return false;
6282
6283 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6284 return false;
6285
6286 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6287 return false;
6288
6289 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6290 return false;
6291 // } End of loop body.
6292
6293 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6294 return false;
6295 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6296 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6297
6298 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6299}
6300
6301template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S) {
6302 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6303 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6304
6305 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
6306 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6307 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6308 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6309 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6310
6311 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
6312 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
6313
6314 {
6315 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6316 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6317 return false;
6318 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6319 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6320 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6321 return false;
6322
6323 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6324 return false;
6325 }
6326 if (!this->jumpTrue(StartLabel, S))
6327 return false;
6328
6329 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6330 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6331 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6332}
6333
6334template <class Emitter>
6336 // for (Init; Cond; Inc) { Body }
6337 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6338 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6339 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6340 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6341
6342 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6343 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6344 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6345
6346 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6347 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6348 return false;
6349
6350 // Start of the loop body {
6351 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6352 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6353
6354 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6355 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6356 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6357 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6358 return false;
6359 }
6360
6361 if (Cond) {
6362 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6363 return false;
6364 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6365 return false;
6366 }
6367 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6368 return false;
6369
6370 if (Body && !this->visitStmt(Body))
6371 return false;
6372
6373 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6374 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6375 if (Inc && !this->discard(Inc))
6376 return false;
6377
6378 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6379 return false;
6380 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6381 return false;
6382 // } End of loop body.
6383
6384 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6385 // If we jumped out of the loop above, we still need to clean up the condition
6386 // scope.
6387 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6388}
6389
6390template <class Emitter>
6392 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6393 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6394 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6395 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6396 const Stmt *BeginStmt = S->getBeginStmt();
6397 const Stmt *RangeStmt = S->getRangeStmt();
6398 const Stmt *EndStmt = S->getEndStmt();
6399
6400 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6401 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6402 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6403 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6404 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6405
6406 // Emit declarations needed in the loop.
6407 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6408 return false;
6409 if (!this->visitStmt(RangeStmt))
6410 return false;
6411 if (!this->visitStmt(BeginStmt))
6412 return false;
6413 if (!this->visitStmt(EndStmt))
6414 return false;
6415
6416 // Now the condition as well as the loop variable assignment.
6417 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6418 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6419 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6420 return false;
6421 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6422 return false;
6423
6424 if (!this->visitDeclStmt(S->getLoopVarStmt(), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true))
6425 return false;
6426
6427 // Body.
6428 {
6429 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6430 return false;
6431
6432 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6433 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6434 if (!this->discard(Inc))
6435 return false;
6436 }
6437
6438 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6439 return false;
6440
6441 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6442 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6443 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6444}
6445
6446template <class Emitter>
6448 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6449 return false;
6450
6451 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6452 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6453 const VariableScope<Emitter> *BreakScope = nullptr;
6454
6455 if (!TargetLoop) {
6456 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6457 if (LI.BreakLabel) {
6458 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6459 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6460 break;
6461 }
6462 }
6463 } else {
6464 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6465 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6466 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6467 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6468 break;
6469 }
6470 }
6471 }
6472
6473 // Faulty break statement (e.g. label redefined or named loops disabled).
6474 if (!TargetLabel)
6475 return false;
6476
6477 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = this->VarScope; C != BreakScope;
6478 C = C->getParent()) {
6479 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6480 return false;
6481 }
6482
6483 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6484}
6485
6486template <class Emitter>
6488 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6489 return false;
6490
6491 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6492 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6493 const VariableScope<Emitter> *ContinueScope = nullptr;
6494
6495 if (!TargetLoop) {
6496 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6497 if (LI.ContinueLabel) {
6498 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6499 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6500 break;
6501 }
6502 }
6503 } else {
6504 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6505 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6506 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6507 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6508 break;
6509 }
6510 }
6511 }
6512 assert(TargetLabel);
6513
6514 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C != ContinueScope;
6515 C = C->getParent()) {
6516 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6517 return false;
6518 }
6519
6520 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6521}
6522
6523template <class Emitter>
6525 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6526 if (Cond->containsErrors())
6527 return false;
6528
6529 PrimType CondT = this->classifyPrim(Cond->getType());
6530 LocalScope<Emitter> LS(this);
6531
6532 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6533 UnsignedOrNone DefaultLabel = std::nullopt;
6534 unsigned CondVar =
6535 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Cond, CondT, /*IsConst=*/true);
6536
6537 if (const auto *CondInit = S->getInit())
6538 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6539 return false;
6540
6541 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt())
6542 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6543 return false;
6544
6545 // Initialize condition variable.
6546 if (!this->visit(Cond))
6547 return false;
6548 if (!this->emitSetLocal(CondT, CondVar, S))
6549 return false;
6550
6551 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6552 return false;
6553
6555 // Create labels and comparison ops for all case statements.
6556 for (const SwitchCase *SC = S->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
6557 SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
6558 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC)) {
6559 CaseLabels[SC] = this->getLabel();
6560
6561 if (CS->caseStmtIsGNURange()) {
6562 LabelTy EndOfRangeCheck = this->getLabel();
6563 const Expr *Low = CS->getLHS();
6564 const Expr *High = CS->getRHS();
6565 if (Low->isValueDependent() || High->isValueDependent())
6566 return false;
6567
6568 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6569 return false;
6570 if (!this->visit(Low))
6571 return false;
6572 PrimType LT = this->classifyPrim(Low->getType());
6573 if (!this->emitGE(LT, S))
6574 return false;
6575 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndOfRangeCheck, S))
6576 return false;
6577
6578 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6579 return false;
6580 if (!this->visit(High))
6581 return false;
6582 PrimType HT = this->classifyPrim(High->getType());
6583 if (!this->emitLE(HT, S))
6584 return false;
6585 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6586 return false;
6587 this->emitLabel(EndOfRangeCheck);
6588 continue;
6589 }
6590
6591 const Expr *Value = CS->getLHS();
6592 if (Value->isValueDependent())
6593 return false;
6594 PrimType ValueT = this->classifyPrim(Value->getType());
6595
6596 // Compare the case statement's value to the switch condition.
6597 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6598 return false;
6599 if (!this->visit(Value))
6600 return false;
6601
6602 // Compare and jump to the case label.
6603 if (!this->emitEQ(ValueT, S))
6604 return false;
6605 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6606 return false;
6607 } else {
6608 assert(!DefaultLabel);
6609 DefaultLabel = this->getLabel();
6610 }
6611 }
6612
6613 // If none of the conditions above were true, fall through to the default
6614 // statement or jump after the switch statement.
6615 if (DefaultLabel) {
6616 if (!this->jump(*DefaultLabel, S))
6617 return false;
6618 } else {
6619 if (!this->jump(EndLabel, S))
6620 return false;
6621 }
6622
6623 SwitchScope<Emitter> SS(this, S, std::move(CaseLabels), EndLabel,
6624 DefaultLabel);
6625 if (!this->visitStmt(S->getBody()))
6626 return false;
6627 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6628 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6629
6630 return LS.destroyLocals();
6631}
6632
6633template <class Emitter>
6635 this->fallthrough(CaseLabels[S]);
6636 this->emitLabel(CaseLabels[S]);
6637 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6638}
6639
6640template <class Emitter>
6642 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6643 return false;
6644
6645 LabelTy DefaultLabel;
6646 for (const LabelInfo &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6647 if (LI.DefaultLabel) {
6648 DefaultLabel = *LI.DefaultLabel;
6649 break;
6650 }
6651 }
6652
6653 this->emitLabel(DefaultLabel);
6654 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6655}
6656
6657template <class Emitter>
6659 const Stmt *SubStmt = S->getSubStmt();
6660
6661 bool IsMSVCConstexprAttr = isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt) &&
6663
6664 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr && !this->emitPushMSVCCE(S))
6665 return false;
6666
6667 if (this->Ctx.getLangOpts().CXXAssumptions &&
6668 !this->Ctx.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
6669 for (const Attr *A : S->getAttrs()) {
6670 auto *AA = dyn_cast<CXXAssumeAttr>(A);
6671 if (!AA)
6672 continue;
6673
6674 assert(isa<NullStmt>(SubStmt));
6675
6676 const Expr *Assumption = AA->getAssumption();
6677 if (Assumption->isValueDependent())
6678 return false;
6679
6680 if (Assumption->HasSideEffects(this->Ctx.getASTContext()))
6681 continue;
6682
6683 // Evaluate assumption.
6684 if (!this->visitBool(Assumption))
6685 return false;
6686
6687 if (!this->emitAssume(Assumption))
6688 return false;
6689 }
6690 }
6691
6692 // Ignore other attributes.
6693 if (!this->visitStmt(SubStmt))
6694 return false;
6695
6696 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr)
6697 return this->emitPopMSVCCE(S);
6698 return true;
6699}
6700
6701template <class Emitter>
6703 // Ignore all handlers.
6704 return this->visitStmt(S->getTryBlock());
6705}
6706
6707template <class Emitter>
6708bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6709 assert(MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker());
6710 assert(MD->hasBody());
6711 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(MD->getBody())->body_empty());
6712
6713 const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
6714 const FunctionDecl *LambdaCallOp;
6715 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6716 if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
6717 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6718 assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6719 "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
6720 "template specialization");
6722 FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
6723 LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6724 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
6725 const FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
6726 CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
6727 assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
6728 LambdaCallOp = CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization;
6729 } else {
6730 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6731 }
6732 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6733 const Function *Func = this->getFunction(LambdaCallOp);
6734 if (!Func)
6735 return false;
6736 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
6737 assert(Func->getNumParams() == (MD->getNumParams() + 1 + Func->hasRVO()));
6738
6739 if (Func->hasRVO()) {
6740 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(MD))
6741 return false;
6742 }
6743
6744 // The lambda call operator needs an instance pointer, but we don't have
6745 // one here, and we don't need one either because the lambda cannot have
6746 // any captures, as verified above. Emit a null pointer. This is then
6747 // special-cased when interpreting to not emit any misleading diagnostics.
6748 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, MD))
6749 return false;
6750
6751 // Forward all arguments from the static invoker to the lambda call operator.
6752 for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : MD->parameters()) {
6753 auto It = this->Params.find(PVD);
6754 assert(It != this->Params.end());
6755
6756 // We do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion manually here, so no need
6757 // to care about references.
6758 PrimType ParamType = this->classify(PVD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
6759 if (!this->emitGetParam(ParamType, It->second.Index, MD))
6760 return false;
6761 }
6762
6763 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, LambdaCallOp))
6764 return false;
6765
6766 this->emitCleanup();
6767 if (ReturnType)
6768 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, MD);
6769
6770 // Nothing to do, since we emitted the RVO pointer above.
6771 return this->emitRetVoid(MD);
6772}
6773
6774template <class Emitter>
6775bool Compiler<Emitter>::checkLiteralType(const Expr *E) {
6776 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
6777 return true;
6778
6779 if (!E->isPRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Ctx.getASTContext()))
6780 return true;
6781
6782 return this->emitCheckLiteralType(E->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
6783}
6784
6786 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6787
6788 if (!Init->isWritten() && !Init->isInClassMemberInitializer() &&
6789 !isa<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr))
6790 return true;
6791
6792 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr)) {
6793 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = CE->getConstructor();
6794 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
6795 Ctor->isTrivial())
6796 return true;
6797 }
6798
6799 return false;
6800}
6801
6802template <class Emitter>
6803bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor) {
6804 assert(!ReturnType);
6805
6806 // Only start the lifetime of the instance pointer.
6807 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime1(Ctor))
6808 return false;
6809
6810 auto emitFieldInitializer = [&](const Record::Field *F, unsigned FieldOffset,
6811 const Expr *InitExpr,
6812 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
6813 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
6814 if (InitExpr->getType().isNull())
6815 return false;
6816
6817 if (OptPrimType T = this->classify(InitExpr)) {
6818 if (Activate && !this->emitActivateThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6819 return false;
6820
6821 if (!this->visit(InitExpr))
6822 return false;
6823
6824 if (F->isBitField())
6825 return this->emitInitThisBitField(*T, FieldOffset, F->bitWidth(),
6826 InitExpr);
6827 return this->emitInitThisField(*T, FieldOffset, InitExpr);
6828 }
6829 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
6830 // on the stack and call visitInitialzer() for it.
6831 InitLinkScope<Emitter> FieldScope(this, InitLink::Field(F->Offset));
6832 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6833 return false;
6834
6835 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6836 return false;
6837
6838 return this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr);
6839 };
6840
6841 const RecordDecl *RD = Ctor->getParent();
6842 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6843 if (!R)
6844 return false;
6845 bool IsUnion = R->isUnion();
6846
6847 // Union copy and move ctors are special.
6848 if (IsUnion && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) {
6850
6851 // No special case for NumFields == 0 here, so the Memcpy op
6852 // below also does its checks in those cases.
6853
6854 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(Ctor->getBody())->body_empty());
6855 if (!this->emitThis(Ctor))
6856 return false;
6857
6858 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, Ctor))
6859 return false;
6860
6861 return this->emitMemcpy(Ctor) && this->emitPopPtr(Ctor) &&
6862 this->emitRetVoid(Ctor);
6863 }
6864
6865 unsigned FieldInits = 0;
6867 for (const auto *Init : Ctor->inits()) {
6868 // Scope needed for the initializers.
6869 LocalScope<Emitter> Scope(this, ScopeKind::FullExpression);
6870
6871 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6872 if (const FieldDecl *Member = Init->getMember()) {
6873 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(Member);
6874
6877 if (!emitFieldInitializer(F, F->Offset, InitExpr, IsUnion))
6878 return false;
6879 ++FieldInits;
6880 } else if (const Type *Base = Init->getBaseClass()) {
6881 const auto *BaseDecl = Base->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6882 assert(BaseDecl);
6883
6884 if (Init->isBaseVirtual()) {
6885 assert(R->getVirtualBase(BaseDecl));
6886 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisVirtBase(BaseDecl, InitExpr))
6887 return false;
6888
6889 } else {
6890 // Base class initializer.
6891 // Get This Base and call initializer on it.
6892 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BaseDecl);
6893 assert(B);
6894 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisBase(B->Offset, InitExpr))
6895 return false;
6896 }
6897
6898 if (IsUnion && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6899 return false;
6900
6901 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr))
6902 return false;
6903 } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = Init->getIndirectMember()) {
6906 unsigned ChainSize = IFD->getChainingSize();
6907 assert(ChainSize >= 2);
6908
6909 unsigned NestedFieldOffset = 0;
6910 const Record::Field *NestedField = nullptr;
6911 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ChainSize; ++I) {
6912 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(IFD->chain()[I]);
6913 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6914 assert(FieldRecord);
6915
6916 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6917 assert(NestedField);
6918 IsUnion = IsUnion || FieldRecord->isUnion();
6919
6920 NestedFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6921
6922 // Add a new InitChainLink for the record, but not for the final field.
6923 if (I != ChainSize - 1)
6924 InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Field(NestedField->Offset));
6925 }
6926 assert(NestedField);
6927
6929 if (!emitFieldInitializer(NestedField, NestedFieldOffset, InitExpr,
6930 IsUnion))
6931 return false;
6932
6933 // Mark all chain links as initialized.
6934 unsigned InitFieldOffset = 0;
6935 for (const NamedDecl *ND : IFD->chain().drop_back()) {
6936 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
6937 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6938 assert(FieldRecord);
6939 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6940 InitFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6941 assert(NestedField);
6942 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(InitFieldOffset, InitExpr))
6943 return false;
6944 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(InitExpr))
6945 return false;
6946 }
6947
6948 InitStack.pop_back_n(ChainSize - 1);
6949
6950 } else {
6951 assert(Init->isDelegatingInitializer());
6952 if (!this->emitThis(InitExpr))
6953 return false;
6954 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init->getInit()))
6955 return false;
6956 }
6957
6958 if (!Scope.destroyLocals())
6959 return false;
6960 }
6961
6962 if (FieldInits != R->getNumFields()) {
6963 assert(FieldInits < R->getNumFields());
6964 // Start the lifetime of all members.
6965 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime(Ctor))
6966 return false;
6967 }
6968
6969 if (const Stmt *Body = Ctor->getBody()) {
6970 // Only emit the CtorCheck op for non-empty CompoundStmt bodies.
6971 // For non-CompoundStmts, always assume they are non-empty and emit it.
6972 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) {
6973 if (!CS->body_empty() && !this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6974 return false;
6975 } else {
6976 if (!this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6977 return false;
6978 }
6979
6980 if (!visitStmt(Body))
6981 return false;
6982 }
6983
6984 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
6985}
6986
6987template <class Emitter>
6988bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
6989 const RecordDecl *RD = Dtor->getParent();
6990 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6991 if (!R)
6992 return false;
6993
6994 if (!Dtor->isTrivial() && Dtor->getBody()) {
6995 if (!this->visitStmt(Dtor->getBody()))
6996 return false;
6997 }
6998
6999 if (!this->emitThis(Dtor))
7000 return false;
7001
7002 if (!this->emitCheckDestruction(Dtor))
7003 return false;
7004
7005 assert(R);
7006 if (!R->isUnion()) {
7007
7009 // First, destroy all fields.
7010 for (const Record::Field &Field : llvm::reverse(R->fields())) {
7011 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
7012 if (D->hasTrivialDtor())
7013 continue;
7014 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7015 return false;
7016 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(D, SourceInfo{}))
7017 return false;
7018 }
7019 }
7020
7021 for (const Record::Base &Base : llvm::reverse(R->bases())) {
7022 if (Base.R->hasTrivialDtor())
7023 continue;
7024 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(Base.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7025 return false;
7026 if (!this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Base.R, {}))
7027 return false;
7028 }
7029
7030 if (!this->emitMarkDestroyed(Dtor))
7031 return false;
7032
7033 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
7034 return this->emitPopPtr(Dtor) && this->emitRetVoid(Dtor);
7035}
7036
7037template <class Emitter>
7038bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileUnionAssignmentOperator(
7039 const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7040 if (!this->emitThis(MD))
7041 return false;
7042
7043 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, MD))
7044 return false;
7045
7046 return this->emitMemcpy(MD) && this->emitRet(PT_Ptr, MD);
7047}
7048
7049template <class Emitter>
7051 if (F->getReturnType()->isDependentType())
7052 return false;
7053
7054 // Classify the return type.
7055 ReturnType = this->classify(F->getReturnType());
7056
7057 this->CompilingFunction = F;
7058
7059 if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(F))
7060 return this->compileConstructor(Ctor);
7061 if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(F))
7062 return this->compileDestructor(Dtor);
7063
7064 // Emit custom code if this is a lambda static invoker.
7065 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F)) {
7066 const RecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7067
7068 if (RD->isUnion() &&
7070 return this->compileUnionAssignmentOperator(MD);
7071
7072 if (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker())
7073 return this->emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(MD);
7074 }
7075
7076 // Regular functions.
7077 if (const auto *Body = F->getBody())
7078 if (!visitStmt(Body))
7079 return false;
7080
7081 // Emit a guard return to protect against a code path missing one.
7082 if (F->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
7083 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
7084 return this->emitNoRet(SourceInfo{});
7085}
7086
7087static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E) {
7088 assert(E->refersToBitField());
7089 const auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7090 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
7091 return FD->getBitWidthValue();
7092}
7093
7094template <class Emitter>
7096 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7097 if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
7098 return this->VisitComplexUnaryOperator(E);
7099 if (SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
7100 return this->VisitVectorUnaryOperator(E);
7101 if (SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType())
7102 return this->VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(E);
7103 OptPrimType T = classify(SubExpr->getType());
7104
7105 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7106 case UO_PostInc: { // x++
7107 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7108 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7109 if (!T)
7110 return this->emitError(E);
7111
7112 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7113 return false;
7114
7115 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7116 if (!this->emitIncPtr(E))
7117 return false;
7118
7119 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7120 }
7121
7122 if (T == PT_Float)
7123 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7124 : this->emitIncf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7125
7126 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7127 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7128 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7129 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7130 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7131
7132 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7133 : this->emitInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7134 }
7135 case UO_PostDec: { // x--
7136 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7137 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7138 if (!T)
7139 return this->emitError(E);
7140
7141 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7142 return false;
7143
7144 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7145 if (!this->emitDecPtr(E))
7146 return false;
7147
7148 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7149 }
7150
7151 if (T == PT_Float)
7152 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7153 : this->emitDecf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7154
7155 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7156 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7157 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7158 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7159 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7160 }
7161
7162 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7163 : this->emitDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7164 }
7165 case UO_PreInc: { // ++x
7166 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7167 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7168 if (!T)
7169 return this->emitError(E);
7170
7171 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7172 return false;
7173
7174 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7175 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7176 return false;
7177 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7178 return false;
7179 if (!this->emitAddOffsetUint8(E))
7180 return false;
7181 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7182 }
7183
7184 // Post-inc and pre-inc are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7185 if (DiscardResult) {
7186 if (T == PT_Float)
7187 return this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7188 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7189 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7190 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7191 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7192 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7193 return this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7194 }
7195
7196 if (T == PT_Float) {
7197 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7198 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7199 return false;
7200 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7201 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7202 return false;
7203
7204 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7205 return false;
7206 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7207 return false;
7208 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7209 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7210 if (!this->emitPreIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7211 E))
7212 return false;
7213 } else {
7214 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7215 if (!this->emitPreInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7216 return false;
7217 }
7218 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7219 }
7220 case UO_PreDec: { // --x
7221 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7222 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7223 if (!T)
7224 return this->emitError(E);
7225
7226 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7227 return false;
7228
7229 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7230 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7231 return false;
7232 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7233 return false;
7234 if (!this->emitSubOffsetUint8(E))
7235 return false;
7236 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7237 }
7238
7239 // Post-dec and pre-dec are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7240 if (DiscardResult) {
7241 if (T == PT_Float)
7242 return this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7243 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7244 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7245 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7246 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7247 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7248 return this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7249 }
7250
7251 if (T == PT_Float) {
7252 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7253 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7254 return false;
7255 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7256 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7257 return false;
7258
7259 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7260 return false;
7261 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7262 return false;
7263 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7264 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7265 if (!this->emitPreDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7266 E))
7267 return false;
7268 } else {
7269 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7270 if (!this->emitPreDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7271 return false;
7272 }
7273 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7274 }
7275 case UO_LNot: // !x
7276 if (!T)
7277 return this->emitError(E);
7278
7279 if (DiscardResult)
7280 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7281
7282 if (!this->visitBool(SubExpr))
7283 return false;
7284
7285 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7286 return false;
7287
7288 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7289 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7290 return true;
7291 case UO_Minus: // -x
7292 if (!T)
7293 return this->emitError(E);
7294
7295 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7296 return false;
7297 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitNeg(*T, E);
7298 case UO_Plus: // +x
7299 if (!T)
7300 return this->emitError(E);
7301
7302 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) // noop
7303 return false;
7304 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
7305 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7306 if (E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) {
7307 // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
7308 // member can be formed.
7309 if (DiscardResult)
7310 return true;
7311 return this->emitGetMemberPtr(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getDecl(), E);
7312 }
7313 // We should already have a pointer when we get here.
7314 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7315 case UO_Deref: // *x
7316 if (DiscardResult)
7317 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7318
7319 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7320 return false;
7321
7322 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() && !this->emitCheckNull(E))
7323 return false;
7324
7325 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr)
7326 return this->emitNarrowPtr(E);
7327 return true;
7328
7329 case UO_Not: // ~x
7330 if (!T)
7331 return this->emitError(E);
7332
7333 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7334 return false;
7335 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitComp(*T, E);
7336 case UO_Real: // __real x
7337 if (!T)
7338 return false;
7339 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7340 case UO_Imag: { // __imag x
7341 if (!T)
7342 return false;
7343 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
7344 return false;
7345 return DiscardResult
7346 ? true
7347 : this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr);
7348 }
7349 case UO_Extension:
7350 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7351 case UO_Coawait:
7352 assert(false && "Unhandled opcode");
7353 }
7354
7355 return false;
7356}
7357
7358template <class Emitter>
7360 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7361 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7362
7363 if (DiscardResult)
7364 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7365
7366 OptPrimType ResT = classify(E);
7367 auto prepareResult = [=]() -> bool {
7368 if (!ResT && !Initializing) {
7369 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7370 if (!LocalIndex)
7371 return false;
7372 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E);
7373 }
7374
7375 return true;
7376 };
7377
7378 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7379 unsigned SubExprOffset = ~0u;
7380 auto createTemp = [=, &SubExprOffset]() -> bool {
7381 SubExprOffset =
7382 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7383 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7384 return false;
7385 return this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E);
7386 };
7387
7388 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7389 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7390 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7391 return false;
7392 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7393 };
7394
7395 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7396 case UO_Minus: // -x
7397 if (!prepareResult())
7398 return false;
7399 if (!createTemp())
7400 return false;
7401 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7402 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7403 return false;
7404 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7405 return false;
7406 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7407 return false;
7408 }
7409 break;
7410
7411 case UO_Plus: // +x
7412 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7413 case UO_Deref: // *x
7414 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7415
7416 case UO_LNot:
7417 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7418 return false;
7419 if (!this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr))
7420 return false;
7421 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7422 return false;
7423 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7424 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7425 return true;
7426
7427 case UO_Real:
7428 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
7429
7430 case UO_Imag:
7431 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7432 return false;
7433
7434 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7435 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7436 return false;
7437 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E);
7438 }
7439
7440 // Since our _Complex implementation does not map to a primitive type,
7441 // we sometimes have to do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion here manually.
7442 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), 1, E);
7443
7444 case UO_Not: // ~x
7445 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
7446 return false;
7447 // Negate the imaginary component.
7448 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7449 return false;
7450 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7451 return false;
7452 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7453 return false;
7454 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7455
7456 case UO_Extension:
7457 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7458
7459 default:
7460 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7461 }
7462
7463 return true;
7464}
7465
7466template <class Emitter>
7468 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7469 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
7470
7471 if (DiscardResult)
7472 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7473
7474 auto UnaryOp = E->getOpcode();
7475 if (UnaryOp == UO_Extension)
7476 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7477
7478 if (UnaryOp != UO_Plus && UnaryOp != UO_Minus && UnaryOp != UO_LNot &&
7479 UnaryOp != UO_Not && UnaryOp != UO_AddrOf)
7480 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7481
7482 // Nothing to do here.
7483 if (UnaryOp == UO_Plus || UnaryOp == UO_AddrOf)
7484 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7485
7486 if (!Initializing) {
7487 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7488 if (!LocalIndex)
7489 return false;
7490 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
7491 return false;
7492 }
7493
7494 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7495 unsigned SubExprOffset =
7496 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7497 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7498 return false;
7499 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
7500 return false;
7501
7502 const auto *VecTy = SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
7503 PrimType ElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7504 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7505 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7506 return false;
7507 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7508 };
7509
7510 switch (UnaryOp) {
7511 case UO_Minus:
7512 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7513 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7514 return false;
7515 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7516 return false;
7517 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7518 return false;
7519 }
7520 break;
7521 case UO_LNot: { // !x
7522 // In C++, the logic operators !, &&, || are available for vectors. !v is
7523 // equivalent to v == 0.
7524 //
7525 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number of
7526 // elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element type.
7527 //
7528 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
7529 QualType ResultVecTy = E->getType();
7530 PrimType ResultVecElemT =
7531 classifyPrim(ResultVecTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType());
7532 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7533 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7534 return false;
7535 // operator ! on vectors returns -1 for 'truth', so negate it.
7536 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
7537 return false;
7538 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7539 return false;
7540 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
7541 return false;
7542 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7543 return false;
7544 if (ElemT != ResultVecElemT &&
7545 !this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, ResultVecElemT, ResultVecTy, E))
7546 return false;
7547 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultVecElemT, I, E))
7548 return false;
7549 }
7550 break;
7551 }
7552 case UO_Not: // ~x
7553 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7554 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7555 return false;
7556 if (ElemT == PT_Bool) {
7557 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7558 return false;
7559 } else {
7560 if (!this->emitComp(ElemT, E))
7561 return false;
7562 }
7563 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7564 return false;
7565 }
7566 break;
7567 default:
7568 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported unary operators should be handled up front");
7569 }
7570 return true;
7571}
7572
7573template <class Emitter>
7575 if (DiscardResult)
7576 return true;
7577
7578 if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
7579 return this->emitConst(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
7580 if (const auto *FuncDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7581 const Function *F = getFunction(FuncDecl);
7582 return F && this->emitGetFnPtr(F, E);
7583 }
7584 if (const auto *TPOD = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
7585 if (UnsignedOrNone Index = P.getOrCreateGlobal(D)) {
7586 if (OptPrimType T = classify(D->getType())) {
7587 if (!this->visitAPValue(TPOD->getValue(), *T, E))
7588 return false;
7589 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *Index, E);
7590 }
7591
7592 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*Index, E))
7593 return false;
7594 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(TPOD->getValue(), E, TPOD->getType()))
7595 return false;
7596 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
7597 }
7598 return false;
7599 }
7600
7601 // References are implemented via pointers, so when we see a DeclRefExpr
7602 // pointing to a reference, we need to get its value directly (i.e. the
7603 // pointer to the actual value) instead of a pointer to the pointer to the
7604 // value.
7605 QualType DeclType = D->getType();
7606 bool IsReference = DeclType->isReferenceType();
7607
7608 // Function parameters.
7609 // Note that it's important to check them first since we might have a local
7610 // variable created for a ParmVarDecl as well.
7611 if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7612 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
7613 !DeclType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7614 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7615 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7616 }
7617 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
7618 if (IsReference || !It->second.IsPtr)
7619 return this->emitGetParam(classifyPrim(E), It->second.Index, E);
7620
7621 return this->emitGetPtrParam(It->second.Index, E);
7622 }
7623
7624 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7625 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7626 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7627 }
7628 // Local variables.
7629 if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
7630 const unsigned Offset = It->second.Offset;
7631 if (IsReference) {
7632 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
7633 return this->emitGetRefLocal(Offset, E);
7634 }
7635 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
7636 }
7637 // Global variables.
7638 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D)) {
7639 if (IsReference) {
7640 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7641 return this->emitGetGlobal(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7642 return this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7643 }
7644
7645 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
7646 }
7647
7648 // In case we need to re-visit a declaration.
7649 auto revisit = [&](const VarDecl *VD,
7650 bool IsConstexprUnknown = true) -> bool {
7652 IsConstexprUnknown);
7653 if (!this->emitPushCC(VD->hasConstantInitialization(), E))
7654 return false;
7655 auto VarState = this->visitDecl(VD);
7656
7657 if (!this->emitPopCC(E))
7658 return false;
7659
7660 if (VarState.notCreated())
7661 return true;
7662 if (!VarState)
7663 return false;
7664 // Retry.
7665 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7666 };
7667
7668 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
7669 // Lambda captures.
7670 if (auto It = this->LambdaCaptures.find(D);
7671 It != this->LambdaCaptures.end()) {
7672 auto [Offset, IsPtr] = It->second;
7673
7674 if (IsPtr)
7675 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(Offset, E);
7676 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(Offset, E);
7677 }
7678 }
7679
7680 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7681 DRE && DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
7682 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); VD && VD->isInitCapture())
7683 return revisit(VD);
7684 }
7685
7686 if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
7687 return this->visit(BD->getBinding());
7688
7689 // Avoid infinite recursion.
7690 if (D == InitializingDecl)
7691 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7692
7693 // Try to lazily visit (or emit dummy pointers for) declarations
7694 // we haven't seen yet.
7695 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7696 if (!VD)
7697 return this->emitError(E);
7698
7699 // For C.
7700 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7701 if (VD->getInit() && !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() &&
7702 DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) && !VD->isWeak() &&
7703 VD->evaluateValue())
7704 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/false);
7705 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7706 }
7707
7708 // ... and C++.
7709 const auto typeShouldBeVisited = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
7710 if (T.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()))
7711 return true;
7712 return T->isReferenceType();
7713 };
7714
7715 if ((VD->hasGlobalStorage() || VD->isStaticDataMember()) &&
7716 typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType)) {
7717 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
7718 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7719 // Whether or not the evaluation is successul doesn't really matter
7720 // here -- we will create a global variable in any case, and that
7721 // will have the state of initializer evaluation attached.
7722 APValue V;
7724 (void)Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(V, Ctx.getASTContext(), VD, Notes,
7725 true);
7726 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7727 }
7728 return revisit(VD);
7729 }
7730
7731 // FIXME: The evaluateValue() check here is a little ridiculous, since
7732 // it will ultimately call into Context::evaluateAsInitializer(). In
7733 // other words, we're evaluating the initializer, just to know if we can
7734 // evaluate the initializer.
7735 if (VD->isLocalVarDecl() && typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType) && VD->getInit() &&
7736 !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent()) {
7737 if (VD->evaluateValue()) {
7738 bool IsConstexprUnknown = !DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) &&
7739 !DeclType->isReferenceType();
7740 // Revisit the variable declaration, but make sure it's associated with a
7741 // different evaluation, so e.g. mutable reads don't work on it.
7742 EvalIDScope _(Ctx);
7743 return revisit(VD, IsConstexprUnknown);
7744 } else if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7745 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/true);
7746
7747 if (IsReference)
7748 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7749 /*InitializerFailed=*/true, E);
7750 }
7751
7752 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7753}
7754
7755template <class Emitter>
7757 const auto *D = E->getDecl();
7758 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7759}
7760
7761template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitCleanup() {
7762 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C; C = C->getParent()) {
7763 if (!C->destroyLocals())
7764 return false;
7765 }
7766 return true;
7767}
7768
7769template <class Emitter>
7770unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::collectBaseOffset(const QualType BaseType,
7771 const QualType DerivedType) {
7772 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
7773 if (const auto *R = Ty->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl())
7774 return R;
7775 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7776 };
7777 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = extractRecordDecl(BaseType);
7778 const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl = extractRecordDecl(DerivedType);
7779
7780 return Ctx.collectBaseOffset(BaseDecl, DerivedDecl);
7781}
7782
7783/// Emit casts from a PrimType to another PrimType.
7784template <class Emitter>
7785bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitPrimCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7786 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7787
7788 if (FromT == PT_Float) {
7789 // Floating to floating.
7790 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7791 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7792 return this->emitCastFP(ToSem, getRoundingMode(E), E);
7793 }
7794
7795 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7796 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7797 getFPOptions(E), E);
7798 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7799 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7800 getFPOptions(E), E);
7801
7802 // Float to integral.
7803 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7804 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
7805 }
7806
7807 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(FromT) || FromT == PT_Bool) {
7808 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7809 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7810 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7811 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7812
7813 // Integral to integral.
7814 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7815 return FromT != ToT ? this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E) : true;
7816
7817 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7818 // Integral to floating.
7819 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7820 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(FromT, ToSem, getFPOptions(E), E);
7821 }
7822 }
7823
7824 return false;
7825}
7826
7827template <class Emitter>
7828bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitIntegralCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7829 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7830 assert(FromT != ToT);
7831
7832 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7833 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7834 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7835 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7836
7837 return this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E);
7838}
7839
7840/// Emits __real(SubExpr)
7841template <class Emitter>
7842bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexReal(const Expr *SubExpr) {
7843 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7844
7845 if (DiscardResult)
7846 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7847
7848 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7849 return false;
7850 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7851 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, SubExpr))
7852 return false;
7853 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(SubExpr);
7854 }
7855
7856 // Rvalue, load the actual element.
7857 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType()),
7858 0, SubExpr);
7859}
7860
7861template <class Emitter>
7862bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexBoolCast(const Expr *E) {
7863 assert(!DiscardResult);
7864 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
7865 // We emit the expression (__real(E) != 0 || __imag(E) != 0)
7866 // for us, that means (bool)E[0] || (bool)E[1]
7867 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 0, E))
7868 return false;
7869 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7870 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7871 return false;
7872 } else {
7873 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7874 return false;
7875 }
7876
7877 // We now have the bool value of E[0] on the stack.
7878 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
7879 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
7880 return false;
7881
7882 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, 1, E))
7883 return false;
7884 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7885 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7886 return false;
7887 } else {
7888 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7889 return false;
7890 }
7891 // Leave the boolean value of E[1] on the stack.
7892 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
7893 this->jump(EndLabel, E);
7894
7895 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
7896 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
7897 return false;
7898 if (!this->emitConstBool(true, E))
7899 return false;
7900
7901 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
7902 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
7903
7904 return true;
7905}
7906
7907template <class Emitter>
7908bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexComparison(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
7909 const BinaryOperator *E) {
7910 assert(E->isComparisonOp());
7911 assert(!Initializing);
7912 if (DiscardResult)
7913 return this->discard(LHS) && this->discard(RHS);
7914
7915 PrimType ElemT;
7916 bool LHSIsComplex;
7917 unsigned LHSOffset;
7918 if (LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7919 LHSIsComplex = true;
7920 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(LHS->getType());
7921 LHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7922 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7923 return false;
7924 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
7925 return false;
7926 } else {
7927 LHSIsComplex = false;
7928 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHS->getType());
7929 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7930 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7931 return false;
7932 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
7933 return false;
7934 }
7935
7936 bool RHSIsComplex;
7937 unsigned RHSOffset;
7938 if (RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7939 RHSIsComplex = true;
7940 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(RHS->getType());
7941 RHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7942 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7943 return false;
7944 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
7945 return false;
7946 } else {
7947 RHSIsComplex = false;
7948 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHS->getType());
7949 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7950 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7951 return false;
7952 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
7953 return false;
7954 }
7955
7956 auto getElem = [&](unsigned LocalOffset, unsigned Index,
7957 bool IsComplex) -> bool {
7958 if (IsComplex) {
7959 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LocalOffset, E))
7960 return false;
7961 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7962 }
7963 return this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, LocalOffset, E);
7964 };
7965
7966 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7967 // Get both values.
7968 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, I, LHSIsComplex))
7969 return false;
7970 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, I, RHSIsComplex))
7971 return false;
7972 // And compare them.
7973 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
7974 return false;
7975
7976 if (!this->emitCastBoolUint8(E))
7977 return false;
7978 }
7979
7980 // We now have two bool values on the stack. Compare those.
7981 if (!this->emitAddUint8(E))
7982 return false;
7983 if (!this->emitConstUint8(2, E))
7984 return false;
7985
7986 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ) {
7987 if (!this->emitEQUint8(E))
7988 return false;
7989 } else if (E->getOpcode() == BO_NE) {
7990 if (!this->emitNEUint8(E))
7991 return false;
7992 } else
7993 return false;
7994
7995 // In C, this returns an int.
7996 if (PrimType ResT = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ResT != PT_Bool)
7997 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ResT, E);
7998 return true;
7999}
8000
8001/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8002/// on the stack.
8003/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8004template <class Emitter>
8005bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitRecordDestructionPop(const Record *R,
8006 SourceInfo Loc) {
8007 assert(R);
8008 assert(!R->hasTrivialDtor());
8009 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = R->getDestructor();
8010 assert(Dtor);
8011 const Function *DtorFunc = getFunction(Dtor);
8012 if (!DtorFunc)
8013 return false;
8014 assert(DtorFunc->hasThisPointer());
8015 assert(DtorFunc->getNumParams() == 1);
8016 return this->emitCall(DtorFunc, 0, Loc);
8017}
8018/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8019/// on the stack.
8020/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8021template <class Emitter>
8022bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDestructionPop(const Descriptor *Desc,
8023 SourceInfo Loc) {
8024 assert(Desc);
8025 assert(!Desc->hasTrivialDtor());
8026
8027 // Arrays.
8028 if (Desc->isArray()) {
8029 const Descriptor *ElemDesc = Desc->ElemDesc;
8030 assert(ElemDesc);
8031
8032 unsigned N = Desc->getNumElems();
8033 if (N == 0)
8034 return this->emitPopPtr(Loc);
8035
8036 for (ssize_t I = N - 1; I >= 1; --I) {
8037 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, Loc))
8038 return false;
8039 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(Loc))
8040 return false;
8041 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc))
8042 return false;
8043 }
8044 // Last iteration, removes the instance pointer from the stack.
8045 if (!this->emitConstUint64(0, Loc))
8046 return false;
8047 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint64(Loc))
8048 return false;
8049 return this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc);
8050 }
8051
8052 assert(Desc->ElemRecord);
8053 assert(!Desc->ElemRecord->hasTrivialDtor());
8054 return this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Desc->ElemRecord, Loc);
8055}
8056
8057/// Create a dummy pointer for the given decl (or expr) and
8058/// push a pointer to it on the stack.
8059template <class Emitter>
8060bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDummyPtr(const DeclTy &D, const Expr *E) {
8061 assert(!DiscardResult && "Should've been checked before");
8062 unsigned DummyID = P.getOrCreateDummy(D);
8063
8064 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(DummyID, E))
8065 return false;
8066 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
8067 return true;
8068
8069 // Convert the dummy pointer to another pointer type if we have to.
8070 if (PrimType PT = classifyPrim(E); PT != PT_Ptr) {
8071 if (isPtrType(PT))
8072 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, PT, E);
8073 return false;
8074 }
8075 return true;
8076}
8077
8078template <class Emitter>
8079bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitFloat(const APFloat &F, const Expr *E) {
8080 if (Floating::singleWord(F.getSemantics()))
8081 return this->emitConstFloat(Floating(F), E);
8082
8083 APInt I = F.bitcastToAPInt();
8084 return this->emitConstFloat(
8085 Floating(const_cast<uint64_t *>(I.getRawData()),
8086 llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(F.getSemantics())),
8087 E);
8088}
8089
8090// This function is constexpr if and only if To, From, and the types of
8091// all subobjects of To and From are types T such that...
8092// (3.1) - is_union_v<T> is false;
8093// (3.2) - is_pointer_v<T> is false;
8094// (3.3) - is_member_pointer_v<T> is false;
8095// (3.4) - is_volatile_v<T> is false; and
8096// (3.5) - T has no non-static data members of reference type
8097template <class Emitter>
8098bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitBuiltinBitCast(const CastExpr *E) {
8099 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
8100 QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType();
8101 QualType ToType = E->getType();
8102 OptPrimType ToT = classify(ToType);
8103
8104 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
8105
8106 // Prepare storage for the result in case we discard.
8107 if (DiscardResult && !Initializing && !ToT) {
8108 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
8109 if (!LocalIndex)
8110 return false;
8111 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
8112 return false;
8113 }
8114
8115 // Get a pointer to the value-to-cast on the stack.
8116 // For CK_LValueToRValueBitCast, this is always an lvalue and
8117 // we later assume it to be one (i.e. a PT_Ptr). However,
8118 // we call this function for other utility methods where
8119 // a bitcast might be useful, so convert it to a PT_Ptr in that case.
8120 if (SubExpr->isGLValue() || FromType->isVectorType()) {
8121 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8122 return false;
8123 } else if (OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr)) {
8124 unsigned TempOffset =
8125 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, *FromT, /*IsConst=*/true);
8126 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8127 return false;
8128 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*FromT, TempOffset, E))
8129 return false;
8130 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(TempOffset, E))
8131 return false;
8132 } else {
8133 return false;
8134 }
8135
8136 if (!ToT) {
8137 if (!this->emitBitCast(E))
8138 return false;
8139 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
8140 }
8141 assert(ToT);
8142
8143 const llvm::fltSemantics *TargetSemantics = nullptr;
8144 if (ToT == PT_Float)
8145 TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToType);
8146
8147 // Conversion to a primitive type. FromType can be another
8148 // primitive type, or a record/array.
8149 bool ToTypeIsUChar = (ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
8150 ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
8151 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = std::max(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToType), 8u);
8152
8153 if (!this->emitBitCastPrim(*ToT, ToTypeIsUChar || ToType->isStdByteType(),
8154 ResultBitWidth, TargetSemantics,
8155 ToType.getTypePtr(), E))
8156 return false;
8157
8158 if (DiscardResult)
8159 return this->emitPop(*ToT, E);
8160
8161 return true;
8162}
8163
8164/// Replicate a scalar value into every scalar element of an aggregate.
8165/// The scalar is stored in a local at \p SrcOffset and a pointer to the
8166/// destination must be on top of the interpreter stack. Each element receives
8167/// the scalar, cast to its own type.
8168template <class Emitter>
8169bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLAggregateSplat(PrimType SrcT,
8170 unsigned SrcOffset,
8171 QualType DestType,
8172 const Expr *E) {
8173 // Vectors and matrices are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8174 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8175 QualType ElemType;
8176 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8177 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8178 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8179 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8180 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8181 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8182 }
8183 if (NumElems > 0) {
8184 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8185 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8186 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8187 return false;
8188 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
8189 return false;
8190 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
8191 return false;
8192 }
8193 return true;
8194 }
8195
8196 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8197 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8198 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8199 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8200 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8201 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8202
8203 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8204 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8205 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8206 return false;
8207 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *ElemT, ArrElemType, E))
8208 return false;
8209 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8210 return false;
8211 }
8212 } else {
8213 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8214 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8215 return false;
8216 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8217 return false;
8218 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, ArrElemType, E))
8219 return false;
8220 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8221 return false;
8222 }
8223 }
8224 return true;
8225 }
8226
8227 // Records: fill base classes first, then named fields in declaration
8228 // order.
8229 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8230 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8231 if (!R)
8232 return false;
8233
8234 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8235 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8236 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8237 assert(B);
8238 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8239 return false;
8240 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, BS.getType(), E))
8241 return false;
8242 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8243 return false;
8244 }
8245 }
8246
8247 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8248 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8249 continue;
8250
8251 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8252 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8253 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8254 return false;
8255 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *FieldT, FieldType, E))
8256 return false;
8257 if (F.isBitField()) {
8258 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8259 return false;
8260 } else {
8261 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8262 return false;
8263 }
8264 } else {
8265 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8266 return false;
8267 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, FieldType, E))
8268 return false;
8269 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8270 return false;
8271 }
8272 }
8273 return true;
8274 }
8275
8276 return false;
8277}
8278
8279/// Return the total number of scalar elements in a type. This is used
8280/// to cap how many source elements are extracted during an elementwise cast,
8281/// so we never flatten more than the destination can hold.
8282template <class Emitter>
8283unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::countHLSLFlatElements(QualType Ty) {
8284 // Vector and matrix types are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8285 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>())
8286 return VT->getNumElements();
8287 if (const auto *MT = Ty->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>())
8288 return MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8289 // Arrays: total count is array size * scalar elements per element.
8290 if (const auto *AT = Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8291 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8292 return CAT->getZExtSize() * countHLSLFlatElements(CAT->getElementType());
8293 }
8294 // Records: sum scalar element counts of base classes and named fields.
8295 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
8296 const Record *R = getRecord(Ty);
8297 if (!R)
8298 return 0;
8299 unsigned Count = 0;
8300 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8301 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
8302 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(BS.getType());
8303 }
8304 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8305 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8306 continue;
8307 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(F.Decl->getType());
8308 }
8309 return Count;
8310 }
8311 // Scalar primitive types contribute one element.
8312 if (canClassify(Ty))
8313 return 1;
8314 return 0;
8315}
8316
8317/// Walk a source aggregate and extract every scalar element into its own local
8318/// variable. The results are appended to \p Elements in declaration order,
8319/// stopping once \p MaxElements have been collected. A pointer to the
8320/// source aggregate must be stored in the local at \p SrcOffset.
8321template <class Emitter>
8322bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(
8323 QualType SrcType, unsigned SrcOffset,
8324 SmallVectorImpl<HLSLFlatElement> &Elements, unsigned MaxElements,
8325 const Expr *E) {
8326
8327 // Save a scalar value from the stack into a new local and record it.
8328 auto saveToLocal = [&](PrimType T) -> bool {
8329 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, T, /*IsConst=*/true);
8330 if (!this->emitSetLocal(T, Offset, E))
8331 return false;
8332 Elements.push_back({Offset, T});
8333 return true;
8334 };
8335
8336 // Save a pointer from the stack into a new local for later use.
8337 auto savePtrToLocal = [&]() -> UnsignedOrNone {
8338 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8339 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
8340 return std::nullopt;
8341 return Offset;
8342 };
8343
8344 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8345 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8346 QualType ElemType;
8347 if (const auto *VT = SrcType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8348 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8349 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8350 } else if (const auto *MT = SrcType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8351 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8352 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8353 }
8354 if (NumElems > 0) {
8355 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8356 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8357 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8358 return false;
8359 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
8360 return false;
8361 if (!saveToLocal(ElemT))
8362 return false;
8363 }
8364 return true;
8365 }
8366
8367 // Arrays: primitive elements are extracted directly; composite elements
8368 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8369 if (const auto *AT = SrcType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8370 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8371 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8372 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8373
8374 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8375 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8376 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8377 return false;
8378 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(*ElemT, I, E))
8379 return false;
8380 if (!saveToLocal(*ElemT))
8381 return false;
8382 }
8383 } else {
8384 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8385 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8386 return false;
8387 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8388 return false;
8389 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E))
8390 return false;
8391 UnsignedOrNone ElemPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8392 if (!ElemPtrOffset)
8393 return false;
8394 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(ArrElemType, *ElemPtrOffset, Elements,
8395 MaxElements, E))
8396 return false;
8397 }
8398 }
8399 return true;
8400 }
8401
8402 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8403 // order.
8404 if (SrcType->isRecordType()) {
8405 const Record *R = getRecord(SrcType);
8406 if (!R)
8407 return false;
8408
8409 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8410 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8411 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8412 break;
8413 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8414 assert(B);
8415 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8416 return false;
8417 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(B->Offset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
8418 return false;
8419 UnsignedOrNone BasePtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8420 if (!BasePtrOffset)
8421 return false;
8422 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(BS.getType(), *BasePtrOffset, Elements,
8423 MaxElements, E))
8424 return false;
8425 }
8426 }
8427
8428 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8429 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8430 break;
8431 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8432 continue;
8433
8434 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8435 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8436 return false;
8437 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F.Offset, E))
8438 return false;
8439
8440 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8441 if (!this->emitLoadPop(*FieldT, E))
8442 return false;
8443 if (!saveToLocal(*FieldT))
8444 return false;
8445 } else {
8446 UnsignedOrNone FieldPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8447 if (!FieldPtrOffset)
8448 return false;
8449 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(FieldType, *FieldPtrOffset, Elements,
8450 MaxElements, E))
8451 return false;
8452 }
8453 }
8454 return true;
8455 }
8456
8457 return false;
8458}
8459
8460/// Populate an HLSL aggregate from a flat list of previously extracted source
8461/// elements, casting each to the corresponding destination element type.
8462/// \p ElemIdx tracks the current position in \p Elements and is advanced as
8463/// elements are consumed. A pointer to the destination must be on top of the
8464/// interpreter stack.
8465template <class Emitter>
8466bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLConstructAggregate(
8467 QualType DestType, ArrayRef<HLSLFlatElement> Elements, unsigned &ElemIdx,
8468 const Expr *E) {
8469
8470 // Consume the next source element, cast it, and leave it on the stack.
8471 auto loadAndCast = [&](PrimType DestT, QualType DestQT) -> bool {
8472 const auto &Src = Elements[ElemIdx++];
8473 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
8474 return false;
8475 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, DestT, DestQT, E);
8476 };
8477
8478 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8479 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8480 QualType ElemType;
8481 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8482 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8483 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8484 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8485 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8486 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8487 }
8488 if (NumElems > 0) {
8489 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8490 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8491 if (!loadAndCast(DestElemT, ElemType))
8492 return false;
8493 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
8494 return false;
8495 }
8496 return true;
8497 }
8498
8499 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8500 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8501 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8502 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8503 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8504 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8505
8506 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8507 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8508 if (!loadAndCast(*ElemT, ArrElemType))
8509 return false;
8510 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8511 return false;
8512 }
8513 } else {
8514 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8515 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8516 return false;
8517 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8518 return false;
8519 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(ArrElemType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8520 return false;
8521 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8522 return false;
8523 }
8524 }
8525 return true;
8526 }
8527
8528 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8529 // order.
8530 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8531 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8532 if (!R)
8533 return false;
8534
8535 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8536 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8537 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8538 assert(B);
8539 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8540 return false;
8541 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(BS.getType(), Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8542 return false;
8543 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8544 return false;
8545 }
8546 }
8547
8548 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8549 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8550 continue;
8551
8552 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8553 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8554 if (!loadAndCast(*FieldT, FieldType))
8555 return false;
8556 if (F.isBitField()) {
8557 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8558 return false;
8559 } else {
8560 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8561 return false;
8562 }
8563 } else {
8564 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8565 return false;
8566 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(FieldType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8567 return false;
8568 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8569 return false;
8570 }
8571 }
8572 return true;
8573 }
8574
8575 return false;
8576}
8577
8578namespace clang {
8579namespace interp {
8580
8581template class Compiler<ByteCodeEmitter>;
8582template class Compiler<EvalEmitter>;
8583
8584} // namespace interp
8585} // namespace clang
#define V(N, I)
static void emit(Program &P, llvm::SmallVectorImpl< std::byte > &Code, const T &Val, bool &Success)
Helper to write bytecode and bail out if 32-bit offsets become invalid.
static void emitCleanup(CIRGenFunction &cgf, cir::CleanupScopeOp cleanupScope, EHScopeStack::Cleanup *cleanup, EHScopeStack::Cleanup::Flags flags, Address activeFlag)
static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E)
#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP)
static CharUnits AlignOfType(QualType T, const ASTContext &ASTCtx, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind)
static const Expr * stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static const Expr * stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static bool hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(const FieldDecl *FD)
static bool initNeedsOverridenLoc(const CXXCtorInitializer *Init)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition Compiler.cpp:24
Result
Implement __builtin_bit_cast and related operations.
a trap message and trap category.
llvm::APInt getValue() const
APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized] [APSInt] [APFloat],...
Definition APValue.h:122
const LValueBase getLValueBase() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1015
APValue & getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I)
Definition APValue.h:626
ArrayRef< LValuePathEntry > getLValuePath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1035
APSInt & getInt()
Definition APValue.h:508
APValue & getStructField(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:667
const FieldDecl * getUnionField() const
Definition APValue.h:679
unsigned getStructNumFields() const
Definition APValue.h:658
bool isArray() const
Definition APValue.h:493
bool isMemberPointerToDerivedMember() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1105
bool isFloat() const
Definition APValue.h:486
unsigned getStructNumBases() const
Definition APValue.h:654
const ValueDecl * getMemberPointerDecl() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1098
APValue & getUnionValue()
Definition APValue.h:683
bool isLValue() const
Definition APValue.h:490
ArrayRef< const CXXRecordDecl * > getMemberPointerPath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1112
bool isMemberPointer() const
Definition APValue.h:496
bool isInt() const
Definition APValue.h:485
unsigned getArraySize() const
Definition APValue.h:649
bool isUnion() const
Definition APValue.h:495
@ None
There is no such object (it's outside its lifetime).
Definition APValue.h:129
bool isStruct() const
Definition APValue.h:494
bool isNullPointer() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1051
APFloat & getFloat()
Definition APValue.h:522
APValue & getStructBase(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:662
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition ASTContext.h:227
CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const
Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type T, in characters.
unsigned getPreferredTypeAlign(QualType T) const
Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified type T for the current target, in bits.
const LangOptions & getLangOpts() const
Definition ASTContext.h:959
unsigned getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const
Get default simd alignment of the specified complete type in bits.
TypeInfoChars getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const
CharUnits getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof=false) const
Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the specified decl D.
llvm::FixedPointSemantics getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const
CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const
Return the size of the specified (complete) type T, in characters.
const VariableArrayType * getAsVariableArrayType(QualType T) const
CharUnits toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const
Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOpe...
Definition Expr.h:4356
Expr * getCond() const
getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for the ?
Definition Expr.h:4534
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eval...
Definition Expr.h:4540
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eva...
Definition Expr.h:4546
AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition Expr.h:4553
Represents the index of the current element of an array being initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
Definition Expr.h:6022
Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
Definition Expr.h:5969
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const
Definition Expr.h:5991
OpaqueValueExpr * getCommonExpr() const
Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source array).
Definition Expr.h:5984
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Get the initializer to use for each array element.
Definition Expr.h:5989
ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition Expr.h:2724
Expr * getLHS()
An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
Definition Expr.h:2753
An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of __array_rank and __array_extent.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3000
uint64_t getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:3048
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3777
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3789
Attr - This represents one attribute.
Definition Attr.h:46
Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
Definition Stmt.h:2209
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2245
ArrayRef< const Attr * > getAttrs() const
Definition Stmt.h:2241
Represents a C++ declaration that introduces decls from somewhere else.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3501
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition Expr.h:4041
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4174
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4091
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4141
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4129
static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4144
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4188
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4093
static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc)
predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
Definition Expr.h:4118
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4177
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4182
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:4086
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4132
BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
Definition Expr.h:6673
BreakStmt - This represents a break.
Definition Stmt.h:3141
Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5472
Represents a base class of a C++ class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:146
Represents binding an expression to a temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1497
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1519
A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals).
Definition ExprCXX.h:727
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:744
Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1552
bool isElidable() const
Whether this construction is elidable.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1621
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
Return the specified argument.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1695
arg_range arguments()
Definition ExprCXX.h:1676
bool requiresZeroInitialization() const
Whether this construction first requires zero-initialization before the initializer is called.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1654
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1615
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Return the number of arguments to the constructor call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1692
Represents a C++ constructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2620
bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const
Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3071
Represents a C++ base or member initializer.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2385
A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1274
A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate initialization.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1381
Expr * getExpr()
Get the initialization expression that will be used.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1112
Represents a delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls, e.g.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2630
FunctionDecl * getOperatorDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2669
bool isArrayForm() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2656
bool isGlobalDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2655
Represents a C++ destructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2882
A C++ dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:485
CXXForRangeStmt - This represents C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s ranged for statement, represented as 'for (ra...
Definition StmtCXX.h:135
DeclStmt * getBeginStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:163
DeclStmt * getLoopVarStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:169
DeclStmt * getEndStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:166
DeclStmt * getRangeStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:162
Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an inheriting constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1755
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1792
Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2132
const CXXRecordDecl * getParent() const
Return the parent of this method declaration, which is the class in which this method is defined.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2271
bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2753
bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless of whether it was declared implicitl...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2732
bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const
Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member function that is used for the result ...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2897
Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
Definition ExprCXX.h:2359
bool isArray() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2468
QualType getAllocatedType() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2438
std::optional< Expr * > getArraySize()
This might return std::nullopt even if isArray() returns true, since there might not be an array size...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2473
Expr * getPlacementArg(unsigned I)
Definition ExprCXX.h:2507
unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2498
FunctionDecl * getOperatorNew() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2463
Expr * getInitializer()
The initializer of this new-expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2537
Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:4309
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4332
The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr])
Definition ExprCXX.h:772
Represents a list-initialization with parenthesis.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5141
MutableArrayRef< Expr * > getInitExprs()
Definition ExprCXX.h:5181
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:258
bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const
Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
Definition DeclCXX.h:1246
bool isGenericLambda() const
Determine whether this class describes a generic lambda function object (i.e.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1679
capture_const_range captures() const
Definition DeclCXX.h:1097
CXXMethodDecl * getLambdaCallOperator() const
Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type if this is a closure type.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1742
A C++ reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:530
A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using operator syntax.
Definition ExprCXX.h:290
Expr * getSemanticForm()
Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:308
An expression "T()" which creates an rvalue of a non-class type T.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2200
Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an array temporary within list-initia...
Definition ExprCXX.h:804
Represents the this expression in C++.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1158
A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1212
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1232
CXXTryStmt - A C++ try block, including all handlers.
Definition StmtCXX.h:69
CompoundStmt * getTryBlock()
Definition StmtCXX.h:100
A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets the type_info that corresponds to the supplie...
Definition ExprCXX.h:852
bool isTypeOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:888
QualType getTypeOperand(const ASTContext &Context) const
Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after various required adjustments (removing r...
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:166
Expr * getExprOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:899
bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const
Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially evaluated, per C++11 [expr....
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:134
A Microsoft C++ __uuidof expression, which gets the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or ex...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1072
MSGuidDecl * getGuidDecl() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1118
CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
Definition Expr.h:2946
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
getArg - Return the specified argument.
Definition Expr.h:3150
FunctionDecl * getDirectCallee()
If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null.
Definition Expr.h:3129
Expr * getCallee()
Definition Expr.h:3093
unsigned getNumArgs() const
getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
Definition Expr.h:3137
Expr ** getArgs()
Retrieve the call arguments.
Definition Expr.h:3140
arg_range arguments()
Definition Expr.h:3198
QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr.
Definition Expr.cpp:1603
CaseStmt - Represent a case statement.
Definition Stmt.h:1926
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2039
CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit c...
Definition Expr.h:3679
path_iterator path_begin()
Definition Expr.h:3749
CastKind getCastKind() const
Definition Expr.h:3723
llvm::iterator_range< path_iterator > path()
Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived classes (see implementation ...
Definition Expr.h:3766
const FieldDecl * getTargetUnionField() const
Definition Expr.h:3773
path_iterator path_end()
Definition Expr.h:3750
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition Expr.h:3729
CharUnits - This is an opaque type for sizes expressed in character units.
Definition CharUnits.h:38
bool isZero() const
isZero - Test whether the quantity equals zero.
Definition CharUnits.h:122
QuantityType getQuantity() const
getQuantity - Get the raw integer representation of this quantity.
Definition CharUnits.h:185
static CharUnits One()
One - Construct a CharUnits quantity of one.
Definition CharUnits.h:58
unsigned getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1632
ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition Expr.h:4851
Expr * getChosenSubExpr() const
getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the condition.
Definition Expr.h:4887
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition TypeBase.h:3330
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3340
CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g.
Definition Expr.h:4303
QualType getComputationLHSType() const
Definition Expr.h:4337
QualType getComputationResultType() const
Definition Expr.h:4340
CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5].
Definition Expr.h:3608
bool isFileScope() const
Definition Expr.h:3640
const Expr * getInitializer() const
Definition Expr.h:3636
CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition Stmt.h:1746
body_range body()
Definition Stmt.h:1809
Stmt * body_back()
Definition Stmt.h:1814
Represents the specialization of a concept - evaluates to a prvalue of type bool.
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the concept with the given arguments was satisfied when the expression was created.
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition TypeBase.h:3815
uint64_t getZExtSize() const
Return the size zero-extended as a uint64_t.
Definition TypeBase.h:3891
ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and optionally the result of evaluatin...
Definition Expr.h:1085
APValue getAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.cpp:413
bool hasAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.h:1160
Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns.
Definition TypeBase.h:4442
ContinueStmt - This represents a continue.
Definition Stmt.h:3125
ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector This AST node provides support for...
Definition Expr.h:4722
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition Expr.h:4812
DeclContext * getParent()
getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
Definition DeclBase.h:2122
A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
Definition Expr.h:1273
ValueDecl * getDecl()
Definition Expr.h:1341
DeclStmt - Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and expressions.
Definition Stmt.h:1637
decl_range decls()
Definition Stmt.h:1685
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition DeclBase.h:86
bool isInvalidDecl() const
Definition DeclBase.h:596
bool hasAttr() const
Definition DeclBase.h:585
OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const
If this name is the name of an overloadable operator in C++ (e.g., operator+), retrieve the kind of o...
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2087
DoStmt - This represents a 'do/while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2838
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2863
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2856
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:6582
Represents a reference to emded data.
Definition Expr.h:5129
ChildElementIter< false > begin()
Definition Expr.h:5235
Represents an expression – generally a full-expression – that introduces cleanups to be run at the en...
Definition ExprCXX.h:3661
This represents one expression.
Definition Expr.h:112
const Expr * skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(SmallVectorImpl< const Expr * > &CommaLHS, SmallVectorImpl< SubobjectAdjustment > &Adjustments) const
Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and find the expression whose lifetim...
Definition Expr.cpp:84
bool isGLValue() const
Definition Expr.h:287
bool isValueDependent() const
Determines whether the value of this expression depends on.
Definition Expr.h:177
Expr * IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3078
bool containsErrors() const
Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors.
Definition Expr.h:246
Expr * IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3086
bool isPRValue() const
Definition Expr.h:285
bool isLValue() const
isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to the rules of the current language.
Definition Expr.h:284
bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IncludePossibleEffects=true) const
HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions which have any effect other than...
Definition Expr.cpp:3688
bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const
Determine whether the result of this expression is a temporary object of the given class type.
Definition Expr.cpp:3253
bool refersToBitField() const
Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that potentially refers to a bit-field.
Definition Expr.h:479
QualType getType() const
Definition Expr.h:144
An expression trait intrinsic.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3073
ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a vector, and may occur on the ...
Definition Expr.h:6611
void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl< uint32_t > &Elts) const
getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm aggregate Constant of ConstantInt...
Definition Expr.cpp:4549
Represents a member of a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:3178
const RecordDecl * getParent() const
Returns the parent of this field declaration, which is the struct in which this field is defined.
Definition Decl.h:3414
llvm::APInt getValue() const
Returns an internal integer representation of the literal.
Definition Expr.h:1578
llvm::APFloat getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1669
ForStmt - This represents a 'for (init;cond;inc)' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2894
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2909
VarDecl * getConditionVariable() const
Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1120
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2938
Expr * getInc()
Definition Stmt.h:2937
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2936
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this ForStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of th...
Definition Stmt.h:2924
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1065
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:2018
const ParmVarDecl * getParamDecl(unsigned i) const
Definition Decl.h:2815
Stmt * getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Retrieve the body (definition) of the function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3274
bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const
Determine whether this function is a function template specialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:4200
FunctionTemplateDecl * getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const
Retrieves the function template that is described by this function declaration.
Definition Decl.cpp:4188
unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions=false) const
Returns a value indicating whether this function corresponds to a builtin function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3757
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition Decl.h:2863
ArrayRef< ParmVarDecl * > parameters() const
Definition Decl.h:2792
bool isTrivial() const
Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses.
Definition Decl.h:2395
const TemplateArgumentList * getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function template specialization from the primar...
Definition Decl.cpp:4324
bool isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation(UnsignedOrNone *AlignmentParam=nullptr, bool *IsNothrow=nullptr) const
Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable global allocation functions described in i...
Definition Decl.cpp:3421
bool isDefaulted() const
Whether this function is defaulted.
Definition Decl.h:2403
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its FunctionType.
Definition Decl.cpp:3821
bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Returns true if the function has a body.
Definition Decl.cpp:3194
Declaration of a template function.
FunctionDecl * findSpecialization(ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, void *&InsertPos)
Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists, otherwise return the insertion po...
GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that h...
Definition Expr.h:4926
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition Expr.h:6183
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result expression of this controlling expression.
Definition Expr.h:6469
IfStmt - This represents an if/then/else.
Definition Stmt.h:2265
Stmt * getThen()
Definition Stmt.h:2354
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2415
bool isNonNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2450
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2342
bool isNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2454
Stmt * getElse()
Definition Stmt.h:2363
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this IfStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of tha...
Definition Stmt.h:2398
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1068
ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, like "1....
Definition Expr.h:1734
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1746
Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of an object of a given type.
Definition Expr.h:6058
Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent scope.
Definition Decl.h:3485
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition Expr.h:5302
Expr * getArrayFiller()
If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than there are initializers in the l...
Definition Expr.h:5402
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits() const
Definition Expr.h:5352
A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object (of unspecified type) that can be invoked l...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1972
capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin()
Retrieve the first initialization argument for this lambda expression (which initializes the first ca...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2098
CXXRecordDecl * getLambdaClass() const
Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1407
Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-...
Definition DeclCXX.h:3313
const Stmt * getNamedLoopOrSwitch() const
If this is a named break/continue, get the loop or switch statement that this targets.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1535
A global _GUID constant.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4403
APValue & getAsAPValue() const
Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3866
Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that a reference can bind to it.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4920
StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const
Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4945
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will be materialized into a glvalue.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4937
ValueDecl * getExtendingDecl()
Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this temporary, if any.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4970
LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl()
Definition ExprCXX.h:4960
MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.
Definition Expr.h:3367
ValueDecl * getMemberDecl() const
Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
Definition Expr.h:3450
Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:3444
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition TypeBase.h:3708
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition Decl.h:274
DeclarationName getDeclName() const
Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special name.
Definition Decl.h:340
Represents a C++ namespace alias.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3206
ObjCArrayLiteral - used for objective-c array containers; as in: @["Hello", NSApp,...
Definition ExprObjC.h:220
ObjCBoolLiteralExpr - Objective-C Boolean Literal.
Definition ExprObjC.h:119
ObjCBoxedExpr - used for generalized expression boxing.
Definition ExprObjC.h:159
ObjCDictionaryLiteral - AST node to represent objective-c dictionary literals; as in:"name" : NSUserN...
Definition ExprObjC.h:342
ObjCEncodeExpr, used for @encode in Objective-C.
Definition ExprObjC.h:441
QualType getEncodedType() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:460
SourceLocation getAtLoc() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:455
bool isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:68
ObjCStringLiteral, used for Objective-C string literals i.e.
Definition ExprObjC.h:84
OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form offsetof(record-type,...
Definition Expr.h:2530
Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx)
Definition Expr.h:2589
const OffsetOfNode & getComponent(unsigned Idx) const
Definition Expr.h:2577
unsigned getNumComponents() const
Definition Expr.h:2585
Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
Definition Expr.h:2424
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const
For an array element node, returns the index into the array of expressions.
Definition Expr.h:2482
@ Array
An index into an array.
Definition Expr.h:2429
Kind getKind() const
Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
Definition Expr.h:2478
OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a fixed type and value class.
Definition Expr.h:1181
Expr * getSourceExpr() const
The source expression of an opaque value expression is the expression which originally generated the ...
Definition Expr.h:1231
Expr * getSelectedExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4639
ParenExpr - This represents a parenthesized expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:2185
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2202
Represents a parameter to a function.
Definition Decl.h:1808
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3383
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3393
[C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as func.
Definition Expr.h:2008
StringLiteral * getFunctionName()
Definition Expr.h:2052
PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object l-value.
Definition Expr.h:6805
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
Definition Expr.h:6853
ArrayRef< Expr * > semantics()
Definition Expr.h:6877
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition TypeBase.h:937
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8520
QualType withConst() const
Definition TypeBase.h:1170
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
Definition TypeBase.h:1004
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition TypeBase.h:8436
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition TypeBase.h:1097
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8509
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:4343
Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating other well-formed expression...
Definition Expr.h:7504
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition TypeBase.h:3628
C++2a [expr.prim.req]: A requires-expression provides a concise way to express requirements on templa...
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the requires clause is satisfied.
ReturnStmt - This represents a return, optionally of an expression: return; return 4;.
Definition Stmt.h:3166
Expr * getRetValue()
Definition Stmt.h:3193
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition Expr.h:2158
std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const
Definition Expr.cpp:587
Scope - A scope is a transient data structure that is used while parsing the program.
Definition Scope.h:41
ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function __builtin_shufflevector.
Definition Expr.h:4646
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(unsigned N) const
Definition Expr.h:4698
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.
Definition Expr.h:4679
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index)
getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
Definition Expr.h:4685
Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4441
unsigned getPackLength() const
Retrieve the length of the parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4515
Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_FUNCTION(),...
Definition Expr.h:5020
APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *DefaultExpr) const
Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified (and possibly null) default argum...
Definition Expr.cpp:2282
Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4141
StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
Definition Expr.h:4598
CompoundStmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Expr.h:4615
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition Stmt.h:86
StmtClass getStmtClass() const
Definition Stmt.h:1499
StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:1802
unsigned getLength() const
Definition Expr.h:1912
static StringLiteral * Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, ArrayRef< SourceLocation > Locs)
This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of strings formed from one or more...
Definition Expr.cpp:1188
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const
Definition Expr.h:1885
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const
Definition Expr.h:1913
Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter that has been substituted with a template arg...
Definition ExprCXX.h:4664
const SwitchCase * getNextSwitchCase() const
Definition Stmt.h:1899
SwitchStmt - This represents a 'switch' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2515
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2578
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2590
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1186
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2595
SwitchCase * getSwitchCaseList()
Definition Stmt.h:2646
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this SwitchStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of...
Definition Stmt.h:2629
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition Decl.h:3735
bool isCompleteDefinition() const
Return true if this decl has its body fully specified.
Definition Decl.h:3836
bool isUnion() const
Definition Decl.h:3946
A template argument list.
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > asArray() const
Produce this as an array ref.
A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and Library TR1 trait templates.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2900
bool getBoolValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2951
const APValue & getAPValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2956
bool isStoredAsBoolean() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2947
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition TypeBase.h:1871
bool isVoidType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9039
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9176
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Return true if this is a literal type (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
Definition Type.cpp:3109
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8780
CXXRecordDecl * getAsCXXRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either because the type is a RecordType or beca...
Definition Type.h:26
bool isNothrowT() const
Definition Type.cpp:3293
RecordDecl * getAsRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
Definition Type.h:41
bool isVoidPointerType() const
Definition Type.cpp:749
bool isConstantSizeType() const
Return true if this is not a variable sized type, according to the rules of C99 6....
Definition Type.cpp:2517
bool isArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8772
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8740
bool isConstantMatrixType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8840
bool isPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8673
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition TypeBase.h:9083
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition TypeBase.h:9333
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8697
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8804
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
Definition Type.cpp:789
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9161
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9008
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition TypeBase.h:2837
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8808
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition TypeBase.h:9099
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition TypeBase.h:9219
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8754
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8865
EnumDecl * castAsEnumDecl() const
Definition Type.h:59
bool isStdByteType() const
Definition Type.cpp:3312
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9319
bool isPointerOrReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8677
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8669
bool isVectorType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8812
bool isRealFloatingType() const
Floating point categories.
Definition Type.cpp:2405
const T * getAsCanonical() const
If this type is canonically the specified type, return its canonical type cast to that specified type...
Definition TypeBase.h:2976
bool isFloatingType() const
Definition Type.cpp:2389
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
Definition TypeBase.h:9266
bool isRecordType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8800
bool isSizelessVectorType() const
Returns true for all scalable vector types.
Definition Type.cpp:2663
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition Decl.h:3580
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) expression operand.
Definition Expr.h:2628
QualType getArgumentType() const
Definition Expr.h:2671
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const
Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever is appropriate.
Definition Expr.h:2697
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const
Definition Expr.h:2660
UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and alignof),...
Definition Expr.h:2247
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2288
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:2283
bool canOverflow() const
Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow.
Definition Expr.h:2301
Represents C++ using-directive.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3101
Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is an lvalue) a function (in which case it ...
Definition Decl.h:712
QualType getType() const
Definition Decl.h:723
bool isWeak() const
Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr.
Definition Decl.cpp:5576
QualType getType() const
Definition Value.cpp:237
Represents a variable declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:924
bool isInitCapture() const
Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture.
Definition Decl.h:1591
APValue * evaluateValue() const
Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this declaration, and produce notes expl...
Definition Decl.cpp:2554
bool isStaticDataMember() const
Determines whether this is a static data member.
Definition Decl.h:1296
bool hasGlobalStorage() const
Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage.
Definition Decl.h:1239
bool hasConstantInitialization() const
Determine whether this variable has constant initialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:2627
bool isStaticLocal() const
Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local variable.
Definition Decl.h:1206
const Expr * getInit() const
Definition Decl.h:1381
bool isLocalVarDecl() const
Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters.
Definition Decl.h:1266
const Expr * getAnyInitializer() const
Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which declaration it is attached to.
Definition Decl.h:1371
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition TypeBase.h:4230
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4245
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4244
WhileStmt - This represents a 'while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2703
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2755
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this WhileStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of ...
Definition Stmt.h:2791
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1247
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2767
A memory block, either on the stack or in the heap.
Definition InterpBlock.h:44
void invokeDtor()
Invokes the Destructor.
Compilation context for expressions.
Definition Compiler.h:112
llvm::SmallVector< InitLink > InitStack
Definition Compiler.h:488
bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E)
bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E)
bool visitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt *S)
bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E)
bool visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init, OptPrimType InitT)
Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling this.
UnsignedOrNone allocateLocal(DeclTy &&Decl, QualType Ty=QualType(), ScopeKind=ScopeKind::Block)
Allocates a space storing a local given its type.
bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E)
bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E)
bool visitInitializerPop(const Expr *E)
Similar, but will also pop the pointer.
bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitBool(const Expr *E)
Visits an expression and converts it to a boolean.
bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E)
PrimType classifyPrim(QualType Ty) const
Classifies a known primitive type.
Definition Compiler.h:283
bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E)
bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const OpaqueValueExpr *, unsigned > OpaqueExprs
OpaqueValueExpr to location mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:464
bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt *S)
bool VisitPackIndexingExpr(const PackIndexingExpr *E)
bool visitAPValueInitializer(const APValue &Val, const Expr *E, QualType T)
bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E)
std::optional< uint64_t > ArrayIndex
Current argument index. Needed to emit ArrayInitIndexExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:470
bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E)
const Function * getFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD)
Returns a function for the given FunctionDecl.
bool VisitFixedPointBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:213
bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
unsigned allocateLocalPrimitive(DeclTy &&Decl, PrimType Ty, bool IsConst, bool IsVolatile=false, ScopeKind SC=ScopeKind::Block)
Creates a local primitive value.
bool VisitComplexUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const SwitchCase *, LabelTy > CaseMap
Definition Compiler.h:118
bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E)
bool visitAPValue(const APValue &Val, PrimType ValType, const Expr *E)
Visit an APValue.
bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitLogicalBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S)
Context & Ctx
Current compilation context.
Definition Compiler.h:135
bool visitDeclRef(const ValueDecl *D, const Expr *E)
Visit the given decl as if we have a reference to it.
bool visitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt *S)
bool visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool visitForStmt(const ForStmt *S)
bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E)
bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E)
bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E)
bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E)
const FunctionDecl * CompilingFunction
Definition Compiler.h:499
bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E)
VarCreationState visitVarDecl(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool Toplevel=false)
Creates and initializes a variable from the given decl.
VariableScope< Emitter > * VarScope
Current scope.
Definition Compiler.h:467
bool visitDeclAndReturn(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool ConstantContext) override
Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E)
const ValueDecl * InitializingDecl
Definition Compiler.h:486
bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool visit(const Expr *E) override
Evaluates an expression and places the result on the stack.
bool delegate(const Expr *E)
Just pass evaluation on to E.
bool visitLValueExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool discard(const Expr *E)
Evaluates an expression for side effects and discards the result.
bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E)
CaseMap CaseLabels
Switch case mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:495
Record * getRecord(QualType Ty)
Returns a record from a record or pointer type.
const RecordType * getRecordTy(QualType Ty)
Returns a record type from a record or pointer type.
bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E)
bool visitInitList(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Inits, const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E)
bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E)
bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E)
bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E)
bool visitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *DS, bool EvaluateConditionDecl=false)
bool emitCleanup()
Emits scope cleanup instructions.
bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitInitializer(const Expr *E)
Compiles an initializer.
const Expr * SourceLocDefaultExpr
DefaultInit- or DefaultArgExpr, needed for SourceLocExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:473
bool VisitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E)
UnsignedOrNone OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:117
bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerArithBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or subtraction of two pointers.
bool visitCallArgs(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args, const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl, bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall)
bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt *S)
bool VisitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E)
typename Emitter::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:115
VarCreationState visitDecl(const VarDecl *VD)
bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E)
bool visitStmt(const Stmt *S)
bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E)
bool VisitRecoveryExpr(const RecoveryExpr *E)
bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E)
bool Initializing
Flag inidicating if we're initializing an already created variable.
Definition Compiler.h:485
bool visitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *RS)
bool VisitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E)
bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
bool visitFunc(const FunctionDecl *F) override
bool visitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S)
bool visitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt *S)
bool VisitComplexBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const ValueDecl *, Scope::Local > Locals
Variable to storage mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:461
bool VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E)
UnsignedOrNone allocateTemporary(const Expr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinID)
bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E)
OptPrimType ReturnType
Type of the expression returned by the function.
Definition Compiler.h:492
bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitFloatCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
OptPrimType classify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:277
llvm::SmallVector< LabelInfo > LabelInfoStack
Stack of label information for loops and switch statements.
Definition Compiler.h:497
bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
bool visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S)
bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E)
bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E)
bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E)
bool VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool DiscardResult
Flag indicating if return value is to be discarded.
Definition Compiler.h:476
bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E)
bool VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E)
bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E)
bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S)
bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E)
bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E)
bool visitAsLValue(const Expr *E)
bool visitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *S)
bool visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS)
bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
bool canClassify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:279
bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E)
Program & P
Program to link to.
Definition Compiler.h:137
bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E)
bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E)
bool VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E)
bool visitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt *S)
static bool isUnevaluatedBuiltin(unsigned ID)
Unevaluated builtins don't get their arguments put on the stack automatically.
Definition Context.cpp:723
static bool shouldBeGloballyIndexed(const ValueDecl *VD)
Returns whether we should create a global variable for the given ValueDecl.
Definition Context.h:151
Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
Definition Compiler.cpp:40
DeclScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const ValueDecl *VD)
Definition Compiler.cpp:42
Wrapper around fixed point types.
Definition FixedPoint.h:23
static FixedPoint zero(llvm::FixedPointSemantics Sem)
Definition FixedPoint.h:36
If a Floating is constructed from Memory, it DOES NOT OWN THAT MEMORY.
Definition Floating.h:35
bool singleWord() const
Definition Floating.h:107
Bytecode function.
Definition Function.h:99
bool hasThisPointer() const
Definition Function.h:226
bool hasRVO() const
Checks if the first argument is a RVO pointer.
Definition Function.h:156
When generating code for e.g.
Definition Compiler.cpp:188
LocOverrideScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, SourceInfo NewValue, bool Enabled=true)
Definition Compiler.cpp:190
Generic scope for local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:564
bool destroyLocals(const Expr *E=nullptr) override
Explicit destruction of local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:577
LocalScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, ScopeKind Kind=ScopeKind::Block)
Definition Compiler.h:566
Sets the context for break/continue statements.
Definition Compiler.cpp:114
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:116
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:117
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:118
LoopScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel, LabelTy ContinueLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:120
PrimType value_or(PrimType PT) const
Definition PrimType.h:88
Scope used to handle initialization methods.
Definition Compiler.cpp:60
OptionScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult, bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
Definition Compiler.cpp:63
Context to manage declaration lifetimes.
Definition Program.h:147
Structure/Class descriptor.
Definition Record.h:25
bool isUnion() const
Checks if the record is a union.
Definition Record.h:69
const Field * getField(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:95
const Base * getBase(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:107
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Returns true for anonymous unions and records with no destructor or for those with a trivial destruct...
Definition Record.cpp:45
Describes a scope block.
Definition Function.h:36
Describes the statement/declaration an opcode was generated from.
Definition Source.h:74
StmtExprScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx)
Definition Compiler.cpp:173
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:142
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:143
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:145
typename Compiler< Emitter >::CaseMap CaseMap
Definition Compiler.cpp:144
SwitchScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels, LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:147
Scope chain managing the variable lifetimes.
Definition Compiler.h:506
Compiler< Emitter > * Ctx
Compiler instance.
Definition Compiler.h:557
virtual void addLocal(Scope::Local Local)
Definition Compiler.h:517
VariableScope * getParent() const
Definition Compiler.h:547
bool Sub(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:410
bool LT(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1449
static llvm::RoundingMode getRoundingMode(FPOptions FPO)
llvm::PointerUnion< const Decl *, const Expr * > DeclTy
Definition Descriptor.h:29
constexpr bool isSignedType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:59
bool Div(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
1) Pops the RHS from the stack.
Definition Interp.h:750
static bool Activate(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2159
constexpr bool isPtrType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:55
constexpr size_t align(size_t Size)
Aligns a size to the pointer alignment.
Definition PrimType.h:201
bool InitScope(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, uint32_t I)
Definition Interp.h:2666
constexpr bool isIntegerOrBoolType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:52
llvm::APFloat APFloat
Definition Floating.h:27
static void discard(InterpStack &Stk, PrimType T)
llvm::APInt APInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:19
bool LE(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1456
PrimType
Enumeration of the primitive types of the VM.
Definition PrimType.h:34
static std::optional< bool > getBoolValue(const Expr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:29
bool Init(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2276
bool Mul(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:464
size_t primSize(PrimType Type)
Returns the size of a primitive type in bytes.
Definition PrimType.cpp:24
bool Inc(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, bool CanOverflow)
1) Pops a pointer from the stack 2) Load the value from the pointer 3) Writes the value increased by ...
Definition Interp.h:944
bool Add(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:381
llvm::BitVector collectNonNullArgs(const FunctionDecl *F, ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:20
The JSON file list parser is used to communicate input to InstallAPI.
bool isa(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:330
bool hasSpecificAttr(const Container &container)
@ Success
Annotation was successful.
Definition Parser.h:65
Expr * Cond
};
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait
Names for the "expression or type" traits.
Definition TypeTraits.h:51
@ SD_Static
Static storage duration.
Definition Specifiers.h:344
@ SD_FullExpression
Full-expression storage duration (for temporaries).
Definition Specifiers.h:341
@ Result
The result type of a method or function.
Definition TypeBase.h:905
OptionalUnsigned< unsigned > UnsignedOrNone
U cast(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:327
int const char * function
Definition c++config.h:31
#define true
Definition stdbool.h:25
A quantity in bits.
Describes a memory block created by an allocation site.
Definition Descriptor.h:123
unsigned getNumElems() const
Returns the number of elements stored in the block.
Definition Descriptor.h:260
bool isPrimitive() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a primitive.
Definition Descriptor.h:274
QualType getElemQualType() const
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Whether variables of this descriptor need their destructor called or not.
bool isCompositeArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of composites.
Definition Descriptor.h:267
QualType getType() const
const Descriptor *const ElemDesc
Descriptor of the array element.
Definition Descriptor.h:156
static constexpr MetadataSize InlineDescMD
Definition Descriptor.h:145
bool isPrimitiveArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of primitives.
Definition Descriptor.h:265
PrimType getPrimType() const
Definition Descriptor.h:242
bool isRecord() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a record.
Definition Descriptor.h:279
const Record *const ElemRecord
Pointer to the record, if block contains records.
Definition Descriptor.h:154
bool isArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array.
Definition Descriptor.h:277
Descriptor used for global variables.
Definition Descriptor.h:50
Information about a local's storage.
Definition Function.h:39
State encapsulating if a the variable creation has been successful, unsuccessful, or no variable has ...
Definition Compiler.h:97
static VarCreationState NotCreated()
Definition Compiler.h:101